You are here:
NZLII >>
Databases >>
High Court of New Zealand Decisions >>
2021 >>
[2021] NZHC 1922
Database Search
| Name Search
| Recent Decisions
| Noteup
| LawCite
| Download
| Help
Banks v Farmer [2021] NZHC 1922 (28 July 2021)
Last Updated: 1 September 2021
IN THE HIGH COURT OF NEW ZEALAND AUCKLAND REGISTRY
I TE KŌTI MATUA O AOTEAROA TĀMAKI MAKAURAU ROHE
|
CIV-2016-404-000057 [2021] NZHC 1922
|
BETWEEN
|
ADAM DAVID BANKS
Plaintiff
|
AND
|
WILLIAM ROBERT FARMER
First Defendant
|
AND
|
SIMON MATHEW GAMBLE
Second Defendant
|
AND
|
CHRISTOPHER JAMES MASSAM
Third Defendant
|
AND
|
DOUGLAS LEROY FREDERICK
Fourth Defendant
|
Hearing:
|
1 to 24 July 2019, 11 December 2019 and 5 and 6 October 2020
|
Appearances:
|
Jeremy Johnson, Gregory Simms and William Porter for the Plaintiff
Robert Hollyman QC, Alec Steel, Lance Green and Ana Lenard for the First
Defendant
Second Defendant in Person Third Defendant in Person
No appearance for the Fourth Defendant
|
Judgment:
|
28 July 2021
|
JUDGMENT OF MOORE J
This judgment was
delivered me on 28 July 2021 at 2:00 pm pursuant to Rule 11.5 of the High Court
Rules.
Registrar/ Deputy Registrar Date:
BANKS v FARMER & ORS [2021] NZHC 1922 [28 July 2021]
Contents
Paragraph Number
INTRODUCTION
THE
CLAIM [9]
BACKGROUND [12]
The beginnings of
YellowTuna and Mako [14]
Corporate
structure [19]
Growth and development of
Mako [22]
Mako in 2007 to 2009 and
PCI-DSS certification [27]
Telecom
funding [29]
The Private Placement
Memorandum (2010) [31]
Mr Banks meets Mr
Farmer [38]
Agreement
1 [50]
Mako in 2011 and 2012
Customers and
marketing [54]
Mr Frederick and Mr Frawley join the
Board and Mr Gamble moves to
the United States [66]
Finances and
cashflow [71]
Mako in 2013
Telecom Rentals [79]
Agreement
2 [85]
Initial Public Offering
(“IPO”) [90]
The Norcal Reports
Norcal Marketing Report
(15 March 2013) [92]
The Norcal Pipeline Report
(1 July 2013) [98]
Solvency test
paper [102]
Deloitte Planning Report [105]
Restated accounts for year
ended 30 June 2012 [107]
Bell Gully
instructions [108]
The Weldon
Report [109]
Telecom Rentals raises
concerns [114]
Customers and
marketing [117]
Mr Frawley raises
concerns [121]
Mr Frawley
resigns [127]
Telecom Rentals
restructures debt [130]
Agreement
3 [137]
Mako in
2014 [153]
Sprint [155]
D&S
Communications [156]
Goldman
Sachs [157]
BP North
America [158]
Mako in
2015 [160]
Post-receivership events [164]
DEFENCE APPLICATIONS FOR POST-TRIAL
PRODUCTION ORDERS AND TO RECALL
MR BANKS
Introduction [166]
Background [168]
The evidence [177]
Discussion and
findings [180]
Credibility
findings [191]
FIRST CAUSE OF ACTION – S 37 OF
THE SECURITIES ACT [210]
The parties’
positions [211]
What is the correct approach for this
cause of action? [213]
Can the Agreements be considered
security allotments? [219]
Agreement 1 [224]
Agreements 2 and 3 [225]
Were there offers of securities made to
the public?
Legal
principles [228]
What is the effect of the
chosen approach? [248]
Was there an
offer to the public?
Agreement 1
(a) Factual circumstances [249]
(b) Analysis on Agreement
1 [289]
(c) Conclusion [300]
(d) Was Mr Banks a habitual
investor? [301]
Agreement 2
(a) Factual circumstances [312]
(b) Analysis on Agreement
2 [318]
Agreement 3
(a) Factual
circumstances [323]
(b) Analysis on Agreement
3 [326]
Liability and
relief? [329]
Conclusion on Securities Act
claims [332]
THIRD CAUSE OF ACTION – BREACH OF
DIRECTORS’ DUTIES CLAIMS
(COMPANIES ACT CLAIM)
Introduction [334]
The plaintiff’s case in
summary [339]
The Board and its decision-making
processes
The
Board [341]
Board discussions at
meetings [348]
Adverse inferences and the
affirmative defence of reliance on advice [353]
Policy rationale for directors’ duties
in an insolvency context [364]
Section 135 – Reckless
trading
Legal principles [377]
Plaintiff ’s
submissions [388]
Was Mako insolvent at any point during
its trading history? [391]
(a) Was Mako ever balance sheet
insolvent and, if so, when? [392]
(b) Was Mako cashflow insolvent and, if
so, when? [402]
(i) From Telecom Rentals’
withdrawal of funding to the February
2014 debt restructure [408]
(ii) From the Telecom Rentals debt
restructure to the
failure of the Sprint
deal [420]
At what point
after the failure of the Sprint deal were the directors in
breach of s 135? [442]
Conclusion as to
breach [454]
Section 136 –
Improperly incurring obligations
Legal principles [457]
Plaintiff ’s
submissions [466]
Agreement 1 – 4
February 2011 [468]
(a) Subjective
belief [470]
(b) Reasonable grounds for
that belief [472]
Agreement 2 – 30
June 2013 [475]
(a) Subjective
belief [479]
(b) Reasonable grounds for
that belief [482]
Agreement 3 – 24
April 2014 [492]
(a) Subjective
belief [493]
(b) Reasonable grounds
for that belief [495]
Conclusion as to
breach [505]
Section 137 – Duty
to exercise skill and care
Legal
principles [506]
Plaintiff ’s
submissions [509]
Did the defendants fail to exercise the
skill and care that a reasonable
director would in the same
circumstances? [512]
(a) Mako’s financial position,
including liabilities to Telecom
and Mr
Banks [513]
(b) Prioritising interests as shareholders over
the company’s
interests [517]
(c) Overlap between Mr Banks’ claims under
ss 135, 136
and 137 [523]
Section 301 –
Remedy
Introduction [541]
Legal principles [542]
(a) Is the remedy available given Mako
was not in the course of
liquidation? [544]
(b) Can creditors be personally compensated under
s 301 for
breach of directors’
duties? [557]
Section 383 –
Banning orders [586]
Legal principles [588]
SECOND AND FOURTH CAUSES
OF ACTION: MISREPRESENTATIONS
–S 55G
OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND S 9 OF THE FAIR TRADING ACT Introduction [592]
Section 55G of the Securities
Act [594]
Section 9 of the Fair Trading
Act
Mr Banks’
case [598]
Legal
principles
Misleading and deceptive conduct in
trade [602]
Analysis [616]
(a) Was Mr Farmer
“in trade”? [618]
(b) Did Mr Farmer engage
in conduct? [622]
(c) Was Mr Farmer’s
conduct misleading or deceptive? [625]
(i) Verbal
representations [628]
(ii) Written
representations [638]
Representations 20, 24 and
31 [641]
Representations prior to Agreement
1 [644]
Representations prior to Agreement
2 [660]
Representations prior to Agreement
3 [669]
Liability of the other directors and
relief [678]
SUMMARY OF
CONCLUSIONS
(a) First cause of action [680]
(b) Third cause of
action [681]
(c) Second and
fourth cause of action [684]
COSTS [686]
Appendix
1
INTRODUCTION
"Whāia te pae tawhiti kia tata, ko te pae tata whakamaua kia tina!"
- [1] This case is
about the rise and fall of a technology company which held so much promise but
which ended up in failure. It is also
about a young man who invested part of his
family inheritance and lost it.
- [2] The company
was called Mako. It was established by two enthusiasts with information
technology (“IT”) skills and a
vision. They saw a gap in the
emerging technology security market and they developed a technological solution
to meet that gap. The
system they developed was innovative and world-leading.
Mako grew rapidly, initially locally and then globally.
- [3] Revenue
projections were estimated to reach tens, if not hundreds of millions of
dollars. But Mako had an Achilles’ heel;
it lacked the capital to fully
realise its potential. It looked for and found investors. One of those was the
plaintiff. Between
2011 and 2014 he invested over $3.2 million in the form of
unsecured loans. He lost his money when Mako went into liquidation and
receivership owing creditors around
$34.5 million.
- [4] The
plaintiff sues the four defendants who were directors of Mako. He says they took
his money in circumstances where there was
a significant information asymmetry;
the defendants knew many important and relevant facts about the company’s
performance
and the plaintiff did not. The plaintiff says that if the defendants
had acted as they should have as directors of Mako, consistent
with their legal
obligations, he would not have lost his money.
- [5] In
particular, the plaintiff says the defendants breached their obligations by
taking investments from him as a member of the
public without a registered
prospectus, making misrepresentations about Mako’s state and prospects
which had no reasonable
foundation, failing to disclose critical information
about the company before the plaintiff made his investments and continuing to
trade the company in circumstances where it was insolvent, under-capitalised
and, with no realistic prospect
of receiving further capital, allowed Mako to continue to trade to the detriment
of its creditors, including the plaintiff.
- [6] These
alleged defaults are reflected in the four causes of actions the plaintiff
brings against the defendants.
- [7] The
defendants respond that the failure of Mako was not due to any actionable
failure on their part. Mako, despite its promise,
never realised its potential
and the plaintiff lost his investment as did every other investor, including the
defendants and their
families. The defendants point out that some companies
succeed. Most do not. The nature and purpose of corporate limited liability
is
to allow individuals, such as the plaintiff, the defendants, and the other
investors, to limit the amount of money which they
place at
risk.
- [8] The
defendants say that the closer the evidence is examined the clearer it becomes
that the actions of the defendants were commercially
responsible when judged in
the context of the particular circumstances which faced them and Mako at all
relevant times.
THE CLAIM
- [9] In
this judgment,1 the four causes of action are not addressed in the
order pleaded, but rather in the same order both counsel addressed them in
submissions.
I consider this to be a logical approach which I shall also
adopt.
- [10] In summary,
the plaintiff’s claim is that:
(a) in breach of the Securities Act 1978 (“the Securities
Act”):
(i) First cause of action: Mako offered an allotment of a
debt security to Mr Banks without having a registered prospectus. Under s 37 of
the Securities Act,
Mr Banks is entitled to be repaid the subscription amount
and, as the company is unable to repay, the directors are liable; and
(ii) Fourth cause of action: Mr Banks was induced to
subscribe for securities on the basis of advertisements that included untrue
statements. Under ss 55G and
56 of the Securities Act, the directors are liable
to compensate Mr Banks for loss and damage he sustained as a result;
(b) Second cause of action: in breach of the Fair Trading
Act 1986 (“the FTA”), the defendants engaged in misleading and
deceptive conduct which induced
Mr Banks to invest and keep his money invested
in
1 The substantive hearing occupied 18 sitting days. I
reserved my decision on 24 July 2019. On 27 September 2019, the defendants
filed
an interlocutory application seeking orders that the plaintiff deliver up
certain electronic devices on the grounds that it appeared
the plaintiff may
have forged certain documents he produced in evidence. That application was
heard on 11 December 2019 and granted.
The devices were delivered, inspected and
analysed by experts retained by the plaintiff and the defendants. COVID-19
intervened.
The forensic examination took until July 2020 to complete. On 16
July 2020, I made timetabling orders for the filing of evidence
and the common
bundle. A two day fixture on 5 and 6 October 2020 was allocated, that being the
earliest available date given the
scheduling pressures imposed by COVID-19. I
heard evidence from witnesses and received oral and written submissions from
counsel.
On 31 March 2021, the Court of Appeal delivered its judgment in Yan
v Mainzeal Property & Construction Limited (In liq) [2021] NZCA 99.
Given the significance of that judgment to these proceedings, on 14 April 2021 I
invited counsel to make supplementary submissions.
These were received from the
plaintiff and the first defendant on 29 April 2021 and 14 May 2021 respectively
and from the plaintiff
in reply on 17 May 2021.
Mako. Under s 43 of the FTA, the defendants are liable to compensate Mr Banks
for the loss and damage he suffered as a result; and
(c) Third cause of action: in breach of the Companies Act
1993 (“the Companies Act”) the defendants:
(i) failed to act in good faith and in the best interests of the
company (s 131 of the Companies Act);
(ii) carried on business in a manner that was likely to create a
substantial risk of serious loss to creditors (s 135 of the Companies
Act);
(iii) agreed to the company incurring obligations that it was
not able to perform (s 136 of the Companies Act); and
(iv) failed to exercise the care, diligence and skill that a
reasonable director would exercise in the circumstances (s 137 of the
Companies
Act).
Under s 301 of the Companies Act, the directors are liable to compensate Mr
Banks for the loss and damage he suffered as a result.
- [11] Mr Banks
seeks compensation for the sums he invested, plus interest and costs.
BACKGROUND
- [12] Mako
operated for 13 years between 2002 and 2015. In the course of the hearing, the
primary focus was on the four-and-a-half
(or so) years from December 2010 when
the prospect of the plaintiff investing funds in the company was first raised,
until August
2015 when Mako went into liquidation. The fortunes of Mako, the
actions of the directors and the involvement of the plaintiff were
examined in
minute and painstaking detail. For that, there can be no criticism of any party.
That course was necessary for the trier
of fact to properly understand and
evaluate the actions of the parties and the context within which those actions
took place.
- [13] However,
given the level of detail engaged, it is necessary to set out in far greater
detail than would usually be the case,
the factual
background.
The beginnings of YellowTuna and Mako
- [14] In
the late 1990s the second and third defendants, Messrs Gamble and Massam,2
were both working on the help desk at Telecom’s then new internet
service provider, Xtra. These responsibilities evolved into
operational roles at
Telecom with a focus on IT. Mr Gamble, particularly, was interested in IT
solutions designed to protect Xtra’s
servers from intrusion and
hacking.
- [15] It was
about this time that Mr Farmer, the first defendant, who Mr Gamble had known for
some years, approached Mr Gamble about
joining his business, E-Force, as its IT
Manager. Although Mr Gamble was excited by this prospect, he was not confident
that he could
deliver all that Mr Farmer hoped for. He thus introduced Mr
Massam who, with Mr Gamble, joined Mr Farmer at E-Force. Together
they built
networks and introduced various technologies. Despite their efforts, E-Force
failed towards the end of 2000.
- [16] This proved
to be the impetus for Messrs Massam and Gamble to set out on their own. They
decided to start a business together
focusing on networking technology. It was a
timely initiative because, at the time, New Zealand’s
small
2 Messrs Gamble and Massam represented themselves.
They each filed a brief of evidence but were led by Mr Hollyman QC, acting for
Mr
Farmer, the first defendant.
business sector was just starting to embrace computer networks, broadband and
the internet.
- [17] Throughout
the trial the names of the companies involved were used interchangeably. It
appears that in 2001 Messrs Massam and
Gamble, with another, Mr Dennis Monks,
set up YellowTuna Networks Ltd (“YellowTuna”), later renamed Mako
Networks Ltd
(“Mako Networks”).
- [18] Messrs
Massam and Gamble maintained contact with Mr Farmer. They sought out his advice
on various financial and strategic matters.
Mr Farmer indicated an interest in
getting involved in the YellowTuna business and in 2002 joined YellowTuna as its
Chief Executive
Officer (“CEO”). YellowTuna Holdings Ltd
(“YellowTuna Holdings”) was formed in September 2002 as a holding
company and was later renamed to Mako Networks Holdings Ltd (“Mako
Holdings”). Messrs Massam, Gamble, Monks and Farmer
each took a 25 per
cent share in YellowTuna Holdings. Mr Farmer was appointed a director of
YellowTuna Holdings in September 2002
and of YellowTuna in May
2004.
Corporate structure
Mako
Networks Sales and Marketing Inc USA
Mako Networks Australia Pty Ltd
Mako Networks Ltd
UK
Mako Networks
North America Ltd
Mako Networks Finance and Leasing Ltd
Mako Networks
Ltd
Mako Networks Holdings Ltd
To avoid later confusion, it may be helpful to explain the corporate
structure of YellowTuna and its relationship with Mako. The following
corporate
structure diagram and explanatory notes (with some additions and deletions which
reflect changes in the company names)
are taken from the Private Placement
Memorandum which is discussed later in this judgment.
Mako Networks Holdings Ltd (formerly YellowTuna Holdings Ltd)
Owner of all Intellectual Property – Proprietary Software, Patents
and Trademarks
100% Owned Subsidiaries
Mako Networks Ltd
Fully Operatonal Sales, Marketing, Administration, for New Zealand,
Research and Development contractor to YTH. Network Operations
worldwide. Owner
of and administrator for PCI compliance Certification.
Mako Networks Finance and Leasing Ltd
Hardware Specification, Procurement and Supply worldwide
Mako Networks Ltd – UK
Fully Operational Sales and Marketing for the United Kingdom and South
Africa
Mako Networks Australia Pty Ltd
Research and Development contractor to YTH through MNL
Mako Networks Sales and Marketing Inc – USA
Non-operatoinal Sales and Marketing for USA structured for tax
efficiency
Mako Networks North America Ltd
Non-operatoinal US Licence holder for future operations
- [20] Mako
Holdings (which until 2013 was known as YellowTuna Holdings), is recorded as the
“holding company” in the group’s
financial statements. It not
only held shares in the subsidiary companies but also owned the business’
core asset, its intellectual
property. It made that property available to its
subsidiaries to exploit in the marketplace. Mako Networks was the New Zealand
arm
of the business and the research and development contractor to Mako
Holdings. It owned the Mako PCI-DSS compliance certification
which is discussed
more fully later. Mako Networks Finance and Leasing Ltd (“Mako Finance
& Leasing”) was the worldwide
hardware specification, procurement and
supply arm of the business. There were also other Mako companies, both
operational and non-operational,
set up for the primary international markets in
North America, the United Kingdom and Australia.
- [21] As is
evident from the minutes of the Board of Directors (“the Board”),
the directors tended to treat the various
companies as a single business
enterprise or group, including preparing the financial statements on a
consolidated basis. For the
purposes of this judgment, references to
“Mako”, without further specificity, relate to the Mako businesses
generally,
including the period during which the business was run under the
YellowTuna banner.
Growth and development of Mako
- [22] The
new business grew and the technology the defendants developed with YellowTuna
would later provide the foundation for Mako’s
innovative
business.
- [23] Mako’s
commercial focus narrowed from the provision of general IT services to
specialising in internet connectivity, protection
and control. The platform
developed by Mako was unique and world leading. It was an automated network
security system which enabled
computers to update firewalls, a task previously
undertaken by technicians. These technological advances led to the development
of
the “Mako system” which was comprised of hardware connecting
business sites to the internet and a cloud-based, centrally-managed
server
platform. The innovative aspect of the Mako system was (and remains) such that
it cut through the technical complexities of
firewalls and network security. The
technology also had the advantage of being capable of being installed and
maintained cheaply.
The Mako system became an industry leader in cloud-based
network management systems.
- [24] Initially,
the company’s marketing and sales energies were directed at persuading
either TelstraClear or Telecom to purchase
the Mako system because each had
large numbers of customers connected to the internet, operating small businesses
and distribution
enterprises which reflected Mako’s business
targets.
- [25] It was
something of a strategic triumph when, on 25 October 2005, Mako entered into its
first supply agreement with Telecom.
Under this agreement, Telecom adopted the
Mako system which it marketed to its customers as SecureME. The product remains
a successful
one today, now under the ownership of Spark New
Zealand.3 Shortly afterwards the Mako system was purchased by the
Ministry of Health under the name SecureME for Health. Through its association
with Telecom, Mako also secured a number of key customers including Fonterra,
Z-Energy, St Johns, Mobil New Zealand, Lotto New Zealand
and the New Zealand
Racing Board.
3 Telecom was rebranded as Spark on 8 August
2014.
- [26] In 2006,
Mako successfully completed its first security audit with ICSA Labs4
which opened up markets further afield.
Mako in 2007 to 2009 and PCI-DSS certification
- [27] In
2007, Mako established a relationship with NetComm, an Australian technology
manufacturer and distributor. Mako gave NetComm
exclusive rights to the Mako
system in Australia which NetComm rebranded in the Australian market as
NetAssure.
- [28] In 2009,
apparently at the request of Telecom, which wished to roll out the Mako system
to its large corporate customers, the
directors of Mako investigated what
appeared to be a gap in the credit card security market. This required Payment
Card Industry
Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”) accreditation of
the Mako system. The PCI-DSS standard was developed in 2006 by the
five major
western credit card companies as a means to improve cardholder data protection
and reduce instances of fraud. If accreditation
was obtained it would
differentiate Mako as a unique provider and market leader in the industry and
thus open up access to large
global businesses which accept payment by credit
card. On 3 February 2010, after months of work to secure accreditation, the Mako
system was certified as PCI-DSS compliant. Later that month Mako launched its
PCI-DSS compliant management system, the first of its
type in the world. This
was a commercial coup which differentiated Mako from any of its competitors. It
was common ground at the
hearing that Mako’s achievements in this regard
were massive. From this point, the company looked to expand globally,
particularly
into the United States.
Telecom funding
- [29] From
2009, Mako primarily funded its business through one of Telecom’s
subsidiary companies, Telecom Rentals Ltd (“Telecom
Rentals”).
Telecom Rental’s core business was providing IT and telecommunications
equipment leasing services. Essentially,
Telecom Rentals provided Mako with a
working capital facility using its equipment leases and committed future
business as security
for advances. Despite
4 ICSA Labs is a US-based agency specialising in
security hosting and certification network and computing systems.
normally offering sale and lease back services, Telecom Rentals agreed to
release funds as working capital to Mako to support the
upfront costs of
developing its business, particularly internationally. This agreement was
formally governed by a series of rental
agreements and an associated general
security deed (“GSD”) between Mako Finance & Leasing and Telecom
Rentals. The
agreement was executed on 26 October 2010. The GSD had a
priority limit of $5 million.
- [30] The
agreement was varied in August 2011 with Mako Networks agreeing to guarantee 30
per cent of the debt owed by Mako Finance
& Leasing to Telecom Rentals. This
variation, in part, was to allow equipment financed by Telecom Rentals to be
used offshore
without breaching the agreement. This arrangement remained in
place until early 2013 when the limit was increased from $5 million
to $35
million. There were further variations to the arrangements between Mako and
Telecom Rentals, the latest of which was when
the debt arrangements were
restructured in early 2014. These variations are discussed more fully
later.
The Private Placement Memorandum (2010)
- [31] Through
2010, Mako began looking to raise capital from wealthy investors. In September
2010, Mr Farmer and Mr Gamble started
work on a draft information memorandum for
capital raising purposes. It would come to be known as the Private Placement
Memorandum
(“PPM”). Mr Farmer said that the PPM was specifically
aimed at investors who were not members of the public in order
to avoid the
obligations and strictures imposed by the Securities Act. He received legal
advice from internal and external providers
on the definition of “members
of the public” under the Securities Act and in particular, the various
exclusions.
- [32] This
approach is reflected in the opening parts of the PPM which are reproduced
below:
“Mako Networks
Private Placement Memorandum
This Private Placement Memorandum (“Memorandum”) has
been prepared by Mako Networks Ltd (Mako) its related companies and
its
directors and shareholders. This Memorandum is not an Investment Statement
nor
Prospectus and does not constitute an offer of securities to the public for
the purposes of the Securities Act 1978 (“the Act”).
No offer of securities is made to any person except such persons
excluded from being members of the public under s 3(2)(a) of the
Act, (together
being “Qualified Investors”). These include persons:
- WHO
ARE RELATIVES OR CLOSE BUSINESS ASSOCIATES OF MAKO OR A DIRECTOR OF
MAKO;
- WHOSE
PRINCIPLE (sic) BUSINESS IS THE INVESTMENT OF MONEY OR WHO, IN THE COURSE OF AND
FOR THE PURPOSE OF THEIR BUSINESS, HABITUALLY
INVEST
MONEY;
- ANY
OTHER PERSON WHO IN ALL THE CIRCUMSTANCES CAN PROPERLY BE REGARDED AS HAVING
BEEN SELECTED OTHERWISE THAN AS A MEMBER OF THE PUBLIC.
Provision of Memorandum
This Memorandum is provided to Qualified Investors in New
Zealand who have expressed an interest in investing in Common Stock (“the
Shares”) offered by YellowTuna Holdings Limited (“Mako” or
“the Company”) (“the Opportunity”).
The sole purpose of
the Memorandum is to provide information to Qualified Investors and is not
intended to form the basis of any
investment decision or any decision in
connection with the Opportunity.”
- [33] The PPM
also contained extensive exclusions:
“No Representations or Warranty
No information contained in this Memorandum has been
independently verified by any person and no representation or warranty, express
or implied, is made nor is any responsibility accepted by Mako with respect to
the completeness or accuracy of any information contained
in this Memorandum or
any further information supplied in connection with the Opportunity.
This Memorandum and specifically the financials have been
prepared on the basis of numerous assumptions, projections and best estimates.
Because projections involve risk and uncertainties actual results are likely to
vary and such variations could be material. No representations
are made by the
Company, its directors or its management that the results set out in this
Memorandum will be achieved.
Independent Review
This Memorandum does not purport to contain all of the
information that may be required to evaluate the Opportunity. Any intending
Qualified Investor and their respective advisors should conduct their own
independent review, investigations and analysis of the
operations and affairs of
Mako and the information contained or referred to in this Memorandum.
...
Limitation of Liability
Except insofar as liability under any law cannot be excluded,
Mako shall not have any responsibility or liability arising in respect
of the
information contained in this Memorandum or in any way for errors or omissions
(including responsibility to any person by
reason of negligence).
No Guarantee
No party is guaranteeing the Opportunity or the future
performance of Mako.
If these conditions are not acceptable, this Memorandum
should be returned immediately to Mako.”
- [34] A footer
appeared at the bottom of each of the 24 pages, stating:
“This document is strictly confidential and circulation is
restricted to Qualified Investors as outlined on pages 3 and 4 of
this Private
Placement Memorandum. All copies should be returned immediately to Mako Networks
and copies destroyed if the conditions
outlined are not acceptable.”
- [35] The PPM
also set out the company’s plans for expansion and the development of the
Mako system with its PCI-DSS compliance.
Under the heading, “Mako
Opportunities”, it described its markets in Australia, the United Kingdom
and the United States,
prefaced by the following:
“The following information is included as an outline to
demonstrate the quality and quantum of business opportunities that Mako
is
actively working on. All PCI-DSS opportunities are subject to Commercial
In-Confidence Non-Disclosure Agreements and/or Letters
of Engagement and as such
cannot be elaborated upon.”
- [36] Towards the
end of the document, the revenue projections for the period 2011 to 2015 were
set out. The predicted revenue in 2011
was $17,036,707, in 2012 it
was
$41,575,828, in 2013 it was $63,034,008, in 2014 it was $97,588,393 and in 2015
it was $133,967,197.
- [37] The
document concluded:
“Investment Proposal Capital Raising
The company seeks to raise NZD$7.5m from an invitation-only private placement
of its Common Stock. The offer will open on 1st November and
close on 30th November 2010. The Company expects to increase its
share plan to 25 million shares of which 3.75 million will be allocated in the
capital raising...”
Mr Banks meets Mr Farmer
- [38] It
was about this time, in late 2010, that the plaintiff, Mr Adam Banks
(“Mr Banks”), first met Mr Farmer. At
the time Mr Farmer was living
in a rural lifestyle complex in Albany, Auckland. Amongst his
neighbours was a Mr
David Winslade (“Mr Winslade”). At the
time Mr Winslade’s partner was Mr Banks’ mother, Ms Caroline
Banks (“Ms Banks”).5 There is some disagreement between
the parties as to how the question of Mr Banks investing in Mako first arose and
what was said.
This is covered in more detail later in relation to the first
cause of action.
- [39] According
to Mr Farmer, investing in Mako was first raised when Mr Winslade mentioned to
him that Ms Banks could be interested
in an investment. Sometime later Mr
Winslade told him Ms Banks was interested and Mr Farmer gave him a copy of the
PPM, saying Ms
Banks should contact him if she was interested. Mr Farmer said Ms
Banks later made contact and over the course of two meetings, they
discussed a
possible investment. Mr Farmer said that from their discussions, it was obvious
to him that Ms Banks was “well
versed in the business world” and
that a Mako investment would represent a small part of her total investment
portfolio. He
said that he told Ms Banks that Mako was a high-risk technology
investment and nothing like any of her previous investments. He claimed
he told
her that if she could not afford to lose the money, then she should not invest
in Mako. Later she emailed him, confirmed
that she would like to proceed with
the investment and advised Mr Farmer that her son, Mr Banks, would “take
it from here”.
- [40] In
contrast, Ms Banks’ evidence was that it was Mr Farmer who first raised
the question of investing in Mako. He raised
it directly with her and talked
about investing in Mako at a good rate of return. Ms Banks said she told Mr
Farmer that Mr Banks
might be interested and gave him her son’s contact
details. She believed Mr Banks would be interested in the opportunity to
help
the family financially because,
5 In the course of her evidence Ms Banks indicated
that “Ms” was her preferred honorific.
according to her, “he was keen to learn about New Zealand laws and
cultural norms and to generate money via employment or investment”.
Ms
Banks was adamant that she did not initiate the approach to Mr Farmer herself,
that Mr Winslade never spoke to her about an investment
in Mako, and that she
did not have any business or investment meetings with Mr Farmer apart from
a much later occasion
on 18 February 2015. She said that other than
assisting Mr Banks with some of the international money transfers to Mako, she
had
very little to do with the loans although, occasionally, she said she was
copied in on correspondence between Mr Banks and
Mr Farmer or she would
discuss, in general terms only, Mr Banks’ investment when she saw Mr
Farmer socially. She claimed that
she had no real involvement or knowledge of
any detail around the loans.
- [41] The funds
which Mr Banks would later lend to Mako across all three advances originated
from accounts controlled by Ms Banks and
trusts associated with her. The
original source was derived from inheritance and residential property lending
undertaken by Ms Banks
in England before she emigrated to New Zealand in
2007.
- [42] However
they were introduced, it is common ground that Mr Farmer and Mr Banks first
met in late December 2010. Mr Farmer
claimed they spoke about Mr Banks’
UK investment experience and his knowledge of the New Zealand technology
investment landscape.
He said that Mr Banks presented as many high wealth
individuals do. These discussions led to more detailed correspondence.
Mr
Farmer claimed that throughout, Mr Banks presented as a financially astute and
experienced investor. He said his belief was that
Mr Banks’ involvement
was to oversee the investment for his mother.
- [43] Mr
Banks’ evidence was that he was interested in investing in Mako because it
involved IT and provided an opportunity to
learn about technology. He said that
Mr Farmer told him that Mako would be carrying out capital raisings of tens or
hundreds of millions
of dollars, that the company had no secured debts and that
his investment would be safe. He said Mr Farmer explained that the loans
would
be made to Mako Holdings, a company which did not trade but simply received and
distributed its income. According to Mr Banks,
Mr Farmer said that Mako was
obliged to take
“several solvency steps per year” and that any investment by Mr
Banks would rank equally with all other unsecured creditors.
- [44] On 22
December 2010, Mr Farmer emailed Mr Banks a copy of the PPM. Later the same day,
Mr Banks responded to Mr Farmer with a
series of questions regarding the
potential investment. Amongst the various questions he asked, was whether the
offer expired on
30 November 2010 or whether the expiry date on the PPM was
meant to be 2011. He asked how often the solvency tests were taken and
who
regulated them. He asked whether his investment ranked ahead of wages and he
made some suggestions as to how any investment might
be
structured.
- [45] A few days
later, Mr Banks asked Mr Farmer if the company would consider providing a
personal, limited guarantee to “give
us confidence”. By email, Mr
Farmer flatly rejected that option. Mr Banks then emailed Mr Farmer a proposal;
a loan of
£1.05 million in return for quarterly interest payments. He said he would
be the lender. He commented:
“It isn’t always convenient to have my name on bank
accounts and in this deal we will be using accounts that are owned
by related
entities which often handle money for my benefit. The UK accounts are owned by
Caroline and the NZ account is owned by
a trust of which I am a beneficiary and
an administrator. A copy of a bill and the passport of me and Caroline
isn’t a problem...”
- [46] He advised
that he was treating the investment as a UK deal on his books. The Inland
Revenue Department had given him a tax exemption
on foreign income and he said
he wanted to receive as much interest as possible before the exemption
expired.
- [47] Between
this time and the end of January 2011, Mr Farmer and Mr Banks exchanged numerous
emails and spoke on the telephone. Mr
Farmer also met with Ms Banks. He said
this was because he needed to satisfy himself that she was content with the
proposed investment.
- [48] By the end
of January 2011, the agreement was starting to take shape. The parties’
legal advisors were working on the documentation
and exchanging drafts. One
matter, which was creating some difficulties, was the structure of the proposed
loan; a simple loan or
a loan-to-equity conversion. On 1 February 2011, Mr
Farmer received
an updated draft of the agreement from Mako’s lawyers. They, or possibly
Mr Farmer, had a query regarding the equitisation
of the debt. Mr Farmer’s
email to Mr Banks is reproduced below:
“You mentioned on Thursday evening that it would be
unlikely that you would want to convert any of the loans to equity. As this
is
the area that is giving me the greatest difficulty with complying with
securities requirements, should we just delete the option
and leave it as a
straight loan with repayment due as prescribed?
I would be happy to talk through if you called.”
- [49] Mr Banks
responded almost immediately advising that he was happy to delete the equity
option because he did not wish to delay
matters further.
Agreement 1
- [50] On
4 February 2011, Mr Banks executed the loan agreement with Mako
(“Agreement 1”). He agreed to lend Mako £1,177,000
in three
tranches as follows;
(a) the first tranche would be £130,000 for a minimum term
of two years with a minimum notice period of six months in the event
Mr Banks
wished to call it up (“Tranche 1”);
(b) the second tranche would be £547,000 for a minimum term
of two years with a notice period of six months (“Tranche 2”);
and
(c) the third tranche would be £500,000 for a minimum term
of three months with a notice period of three months (“Tranche
3”).
- [51] Other key
terms of the agreement included:
(a) Mako would not make any external bank borrowings or give
security (other than in the ordinary course of business where the secured
assets
were not more than 15 per cent of the net value of the borrower) over any of
Mako’s assets without first obtaining Mr
Banks’ consent or giving Mr
Banks the option to demand repayment of all tranches prior to Mako entering into
any financing;
(b) Mr Banks acknowledged that the loan was unsecured and not guaranteed by
any person;
(c) Mr Banks would provide both financial and capital raising
advice to Mako; and
(d) both parties acknowledged that the loan was the entire
agreement between them and superseded all prior agreements, negotiations
and
representations. Mr Banks confirmed that he had entered into the agreement on
his own judgement and had not relied on any representation
by Mako, its agents,
officers and personnel.
- [52] Although Mr
Banks and his mother experienced some difficulties in extracting the funds from
the United Kingdom, the final payment
was made by mid-April
2011.
- [53] It is
common ground, supported by the contemporaneous documentary record, that over
the next two years or so Mr Farmer and Mr
Banks corresponded by email and from
time to time met in person. There is also evidence of the same between Ms
Banks and Mr Farmer.
Over this period Mr Farmer accepted that he portrayed Mako
as a company which was doing well with growing investor and customer interest
and strong financial projections. As will be discussed, there was some
reasonable basis for those expressions of confidence.
Mako in 2011 and 2012
Customers
and marketing
- [54] In 2010 and
2011 Messrs Massam and Gamble travelled widely through Asia, the United States
and the United Kingdom promoting the
Mako system and its PCI- DSS certification.
The target markets were banks, payment processors and credit card companies.
They also
attended international trade shows.
- [55] In May 2011
Messrs Massam and Gamble attended a technology trade show in Las Vegas. They
were joined by the fourth defendant,
Mr Frederick, who at that time was
providing consultancy services to the company. It seems it was here that
they
all gained a fuller appreciation of just how ground-breaking and attractive the
Mako system and its PCI-DSS accreditation was to
potential customers. The unique
technology piqued the interest of large organisations, including Chevron, which
invited Mako to “pitch
their product” against other competitors for
a request for proposal (“RFP”) at Chevron’s headquarters in
California. At the time, Chevron was the third largest listed company in the
world with approximately 7,000 internet- connected petrol
stations. The
presentation resulted in Chevron entering into an agreement with Mako which led
to it successfully rolling out over
4,000 Mako systems to its sites.
- [56] Other large
potential customers began to show an interest, particularly because the
incidence of credit card fraud was increasing
globally.
- [57] At about
the same time the company was engaged in discussions with Heartland Payment
Systems and Alon Brands. The former is one
of the United States’ largest
payment processors with revenues of the order of USD 2 billion. Alon is a
mid-sized petroleum
company with approximately 1,500 sites and revenues of
approximately USD 1 billion.
- [58] In December
2011, Mako signed a non-exclusive distribution agreement with UK-based Phoenix
Managed Networks (“Phoenix”)
for North America and Europe. This
required Phoenix to pre-purchase 10,000 Mako licences and 4,000
appliances.
- [59] The same
year, Mako received a $4.2 million technology development grant from the then
Ministry of Science and Innovation (“MSI”).
Unsurprisingly, that
process required MSI to undertake a thorough review of Mako’s business
operation including its financials
and the testing of its components before Mako
could draw down the grant. That scrutiny continued beyond the receipt of the
grant.
- [60] In early
2012, the Board conducted a two day strategic planning exercise. An internal
target, regarded as achievable, of $100
million of earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation and amortisation by June 2015 was set.
- [61] The monthly
Board minutes over 2012 reveal the Board undertook regular reviews of the
cashflow position and customer prospects
in the pipeline. Some of the larger
projects in the pipeline included Metcash and Phoenix, both of which led to
contracts.
- [62] Market
penetration reports were considered by the Board which indicated a target of
150,000 licences by 2015 was achievable.
Promising marketing initiatives
included Heartland Payment Systems, Bullseye Telecom (“Bullseye”),
Earthlink and Phoenix.
- [63] Live trials
at a limited number of Chevron sites were underway. The full roll out was
expected to start in mid-2013.
- [64] At the end
of 2012, the Phoenix contract was amended to 10,000 units by the end of 2015.
The Phoenix pipeline had very significant
revenue
potential.
- [65] In late
2012, Mako commenced a trial with Bullseye, a business-to-business
telecommunications company operating out of Michigan.
This led to a reseller
agreement entered into in May 2013 to deliver a combined solution to Bullseye
customers. Under this agreement
the Mako product was on-sold to major United
States businesses including Triton Management, Fisher Auto Parts and Title Max.
By April
2014 the system had been installed at many of their
sites.
Mr Frederick and Mr Frawley join
the Board and Mr Gamble moves to the United States
- [66] In
December 2011, Messrs Michael Frawley and Douglas Frederick were invited to join
the Board as independent, non-executive directors.
- [67] Mr
Frederick is a citizen of the United States and is resident there.6
His background is in software technology and technology services having
been involved in that field in various offshore markets, most
notably, in the
United States. He worked for the Boeing Company as a research analyst before
joining the software technology
6 Mr Frederick’s evidence was received in the
form of an affidavit. He did not attend the trial, did not give viva voce
evidence
and did not file written submissions.
company BAAN as Executive Vice President in 1997. He served on the boards for
BAAN subsidiaries in Israel and Japan. In 1999 he joined
Electronic Data Systems
(“EDS”), one of the United States’ largest technology
companies, where he was Executive
Vice President responsible for some 80,000
staff and annual revenues of approximately USD 15 billion.
- [68] Mr
Frederick first met Mr Farmer in London in late 2009 after Mako had successfully
obtained PCI-DSS certification. In the course
of his discussions with Mr
Farmer, he indicated that although he knew nothing about networking
specifically, he could help facilitate
the company’s entry into the United
States market through his contacts and experience in technology and IT.
Initially, he provided
consulting services to the company and later joined the
Board of Mako Networks in June 2010. In December 2012 he was invited to join
the
YellowTuna board as its non-executive chairman and was elected to that position
at the company’s AGM in April the following
year.
- [69] Mr Frawley
joined the YellowTuna Holdings board at the same time as Mr Frederick. He
did so after returning from the United
Kingdom having worked in the legal
profession there for 25 years, notably as managing partner in a leading London
law firm.
- [70] In
addition to Mr Frederick’s influence in the lucrative United States
market, it was decided that Mr Gamble should join
him by relocating there to
promote the Mako technology to other Silicon Valley technology firms. Mr Gamble
and his family moved to
the United States in March 2012.
Finances and cashflow
- [71] The
potential success of the initiatives discussed above, were not reflected in the
company’s balance sheet. In November
2011, the Mako group’s income,
as recorded in its financial statement for the year ended 30 June 2011, showed
revenue of $4,780,446
against the previous year of $5,176,317 and a loss of
$3,220,804, figures which starkly contrasted with the PPM’s total revenue
projection for that year of over
$17 million.
- [72] The Board
minutes of April 2012 reflect the directors’ understanding and
consideration of Mako’s cashflow position.
The following are
extracts:
“6. Current Cash Flow Forecast.
Paul [CFO] explained the workings of the current cashflow
forecast for the Group to July 2012. It was noted that only sales confirmed
and
billed were included. It was noted that the Group had sufficient cash to the end
of May 2012 but needed to close further sales
by then to fund outgoings in June,
July and beyond. [Mr Farmer] then discussed the sales pipeline below.
7. Current Sales Pipeline.
...
The Board noted that [Mr Farmer] as CEO was reasonably confident
that the sales pipeline was sufficient to enable the company to trade
through
August 2012. Subsequent larger sales will then be needed to enable the company
to trade beyond this point. [Mr Farmer] emphasised
that the business was still
relatively high risk and large expected sales had to be realised by the end of
May and beyond. The Board
agreed it was a very fluid situation that required
close management. It was agreed another Board meeting would occur on 29 May
2012 at 9:00 am NZ time to review the Group’s solvency and cash flow
position. In the interim [Mr Farmer] would send to the
Directors a weekly
summary of sales activity following Monday’s management
meetings.”
- [73] However, by
the time the Board met in May 2012, the cash position was little improved as the
following extract from the minutes
reveals:
“...[Mr Farmer] advised the Board that this Metcash
contract was expected to be finalised on May 31st and funds expected
to be received from either buy upfront volumes or leases will be used to repay
the [Telecom Rentals] loan for this
deal. A further discussion took place on the
status of the Phoenix contract and possible timing of their next orders and
receipts.
The Board were reminded that the company had already borrowed under
leasing contracts with [Telecom Rentals] for the entire 10,000
licences Phoenix
have agreed to in their contract (4000) and subsequent purchase orders issued
for the remaining 6000 licences that
had been copied to the Board. [The CFO]
advised the Board that current debt due to [Telecom Rentals] was approx $10.2m
by [Mako Finance].
[The CFO] advised the Board that the cashflow projection now
showed sufficient funds through to late July 2012 but new receipts would
be
required from then onwards and this needed to be looked at in conjunction with
the sales pipeline.”
- [74] Two months
later the position had still not improved. The Board minutes for July 2012
reveal similar themes. These record that
Mr Paul McGregor, the
CFO:
“...emphasised the monthly minimum cash requirements to
meet salaries and opex was $700K and debt repayments to Telecom Rentals
were
building shortly to $500K. Without cash inflows from sales or other means, the
group had insufficient cash to meet outgoings
from early August and this built
to a need for $5m of cash by the end of October to meet known outgoings growing
by an additional
$1.2m per month...
...
[Mr Farmer] emphasised to the board how tight cash flow was and
that the best case was contracts would be closed and revenue received
from
customers...but the likely case was that further funding would be needed from
Telecom Rentals
...
It was agreed for the record that the company was currently
meeting its debts as they fell due but the next three to four weeks would
need
to be monitored carefully in the light of the payments that were coming
up.”
- [75] The Board
minutes for August 2012 record the Board’s view that Mako had sufficient
funds to meet expenses until the end
of September. Mr Farmer expressed
confidence that there were sufficient sales in the pipeline to cover any ongoing
costs beyond that.
- [76] The minutes
for September 2012 record that Mr Farmer presented an updated cashflow analysis
which showed that after additional
funding arranged with Telecom Rentals, Mako
had sufficient funds through to the end of October 2012. The directors then
examined
the likely short term cash receipts from Phoenix, the BullsEye trials,
Telecom and BankServ/InfoGuard.
- [77] The minutes
for December 2012 record that Mr Farmer advised that Mako had sufficient cash to
cover the period through to the
end of January 2013. He expected another draw
down from Telecom Rentals to carry the company through to February. Final
negotiations
with Phoenix over their next draw down of the inventory were
underway and it was anticipated they would take 500 units with licences
by the
end of December 2012 and would formalise an increase in the contracted
commitment to 10,000 as provided for in the purchase
orders.
- [78] The
question of undertaking an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) was also
discussed at the December meeting. The possibility
of an IPO had been in the
wings since the global significance of PCI-DSS certification first became
apparent. Mr Farmer told
the Board that information had been collected over the
previous two months from merchant banks. He sought and obtained Board approval
to proceed to the next stage which would likely include an independent
market analysis by Mr Sidorenko, of Norcal Growth
Partners
(“Norcal”) and the engagement of investment bankers, Cameron
Partners.
Mako in 2013
Telecom
Rentals
- [79] Through to
the middle of 2013 Telecom Rentals continued to assure Mako of its ongoing
financial support. By email on 11 April
2013 Telecom Rentals confirmed that with
an exposure to Mako of about $23 million it was prepared to provide an agreed
“ceiling”
of $35 million for the short to medium
term.
- [80] The Board
minutes for June 2013 record the discussion around increasing the limit on the
Telecom Rentals debt. The Board resolved
to capitalise Mr Banks’ loan to
equity. The Board also resolved to enter into discussions with Telecom Rentals
relative to
the loan agreement.
- [81] What no one
on the Board appears to have appreciated at the time, is that any purported
grant of security in favour of Telecom
Rentals would be in breach of Mr
Banks’ rights under Agreement 1.
- [82] On 28 June
2013 Mako Finance & Leasing, Mako Networks and Telecom Rentals executed a
deed of assignment under which Mako
Finance & Leasing assigned the Telecom
Rentals rental agreements to Mako Networks, and Mako Finance & Leasing
assigned the
GSD between Mako Finance and Leasing and Telecom Rentals to Mako
Holdings.
- [83] On the
evidence it seems that the agreement of 28 June 2013 was not the end of
discussions between Mako and Telecom Rentals because,
at a special meeting
on
3 July 2013, the Board met to review and approve recommendations for the Deeds
of Assignment relating to the funding restructure
between Mako and Telecom
Rentals. The minutes record:
“Mr Farmer provided a summary to the Directors, explaining
that a thorough review had been performed on the account. [Telecom
Rentals] had
a concern that the shareholder equity invested in the business was
disproportionate to [Telecom Rentals’] risk
exposure. The proposed lease
construct would solve this matter with the assignment of the General Security
Deed (GSD) from an operating
company to the ultimate Holding company.
...
The Directors had a general discussion on the risks, business
implications including cash flow, alternative financiers, the cost of
the
transaction and execution of forecast sales.
Mr Farmer read out to the directors, Mr Frawley’s email
support for the resolutions...”
- [84] Mr
Frawley’s email which had been sent earlier the same day to Mr Farmer and
copied to the other directors said of this
arrangement:
“Good morning Bill
As per our conversation I confirm that the proposed transaction
is in my view “a no brainer”.
The transaction:
1. Rationalises and simplifies the arrangements between Telecom
Rentals and Mako.
2. Gives Telecom Rental additional and identifiable
security;
3. Improves in the short to mid term Mako’s cashflow by
substantially reducing its interest payments to Telecom Rentals. It
will also
hopefully result in an additional advance of $3m which will help with the
expansion of Mako’s business in the US.
...
So in short I support the resolutions. Regards
Michael Frawley”
Agreement 2
- [85] On
30 June 2013, Mr Banks and Mako entered into Agreement 2. The background to this
follows.
- [86] On 9 March
2013, Mr Banks emailed Mr Farmer indicating he would like to invest more funds
with Mako. He suggested certain terms.
Mr Farmer responded two days later. This
led to an agreement in April which was superseded when Mr Banks found himself in
a position
to advance a greater sum. In May 2013, in performing his obligations
under Agreement 2, Mr Banks advanced funds in two separate
tranches;
£237,722.43 on 15 May 2013 and £24,779.14 on 31 May
2013.7
- [87] A month
later, on 30 June 2013, Agreement 2 was recorded in writing. Mr Banks
used the trading name Leopard Investments.
He said he did this because he valued
his privacy and did not want his real name recorded amongst Mako’s
creditors.
- [88] The terms
of Agreement 2 supplemented those in Agreement 1, additionally provided that all
Mr Banks’ advances (plus interest)
due as at the date of the agreement
would convert to equity in Mako on completion of Mako’s listing on the New
Zealand Stock
Exchange (“NZX”). At the subsequent June Board meeting
Mako’s directors resolved to capitalise Mr Banks’
loan, although
noting that the shares would not be issued until any IPO.
- [89] In his
evidence Mr Farmer accepted that cashflow throughout this time was tight.
However, it seems that two aspects of Mako’s
business gave the directors a
sufficient level of comfort that the company would be able to continue to trade.
The first were the
various business opportunities sitting in the pipeline of
which some, such as Chevron, were expected to be highly lucrative when
realised.
The other was the
$35 million Telecom Rentals’ loan facility which was being used as working
capital.
7 Mr Banks actioned these two transfers on 14 and 30
May 2013 respectively but Mako did not receive the funds until each of the
following
days.
Initial Public Offering (“IPO”)
- [90] As
noted, the possibility of an IPO had been under consideration from the early
days. The minutes record its discussion from
time to time. It was a topic of
discussion between Mr Farmer and Mr Banks prior to Agreement 1 being entered
into.
- [91] In March
2013, Mr Farmer approached investment bankers, Cameron Partners, to advise the
directors on the logistics of a potential
IPO to raise capital of up
to
$25 million with a view to launching an IPO in the second half of 2013. On 22
March 2013 Cameron Partners provided the directors
with a comprehensive nine
page proposal which detailed a four step process towards Mako achieving an IPO.
Cameron Partners’
advice was that it was not appropriate for Mako to list
on the NZX with any debt on its balance sheet, including the Telecom
Rentals’
debt. They thus recommended that as a first step, Mako should
address that debt and where possible, capitalise it.
The Norcal Reports
Norcal
Marketing Report (15 March 2013)
- [92] In January
2013, Mr Farmer engaged Mr Paul Sidorenko (“Mr Sidorenko”) of Norcal
to carry out market research to ascertain
Mako’s long term prospects in
the United States and other global markets.
- [93] Mr Farmer
and Mr Gamble had met Mr Sidorenko in the United States. He was, according to Mr
Farmer, someone with an “in-depth
knowledge of the specific market sector
Mako operated in”. In cross-examination Mr Farmer described Mr
Sidorenko as
“a talented salesperson and general sales consultant...a
lawyer...[who] is very good at writing
documents”.8
8 Mr Sidorenko described himself in a second and
later report as “...a business executive and attorney with over 20 years
of sale
& alliance management, business development and corporate
development experience in the technology industry. As the former Vice
President
of Corporate Development for Clearpath Networks, Mr Sidorenko has had extensive
experience with the market for cloud-based
networks security, monitoring and
management solutions and has engaged with many of the sales channels listed in
Mako’s pipeline.
Mr Sidorenko was provided with unrestricted access to the
Mako sales organisation, the Mako sales channel and supporting
services.”
- [94] The
resulting document dated 15 March 2013 (“the Norcal Marketing
Report”) is very detailed. It runs to nearly 40
pages. Mr Sidorenko
undertook a comprehensive market analysis of the United States and other global
markets for Mako products and
solutions in network security, management and
monitoring. Because Mako was anticipating further expansion into the United
States
market, Mr Sidorenko focused on Mako’s potential in that region.
The report which followed did not analyse the likely sales
in the pipeline nor
was it a formal valuation of the business.
- [95] Notwithstanding,
the Norcal Marketing Report concluded that the company was worth a multiple of
eight to 10 times its revenue.
Set out below are extracts taken from the
executive summary:
“Competitive Landscape Summary – Mako’s
competition ranges from small niche players to large, Fortune 50 companies. The
competitive landscape can be
segregated vertically in terms of customer size and
horizontally in terms of solutions set. In the vertical realm, competitors are
large enterprise players in the managed services and Unified Threat Management
(“UTM”) space that focused predominantly
on the large enterprise
market. These vendors offer bespoke security and network management solutions
delivered by third parties.
Due to their “up-market” focus, total
costs of purchase, management, support and ownership for these vendors are
uniformly
not competitive with Mako. In the horizontal realm, competitors are
primarily niche players specialising in managed security services,
security
appliances and software. While some of these competitors focus to varying
degrees on Payment Card Industry-Data Security
Standard (PCI), none have
attained PCI certification and provide only partial coverage for the total
requirements of PCI. In all
cases, competitors are seeking to expand their
ability to deliver a comprehensive suite of cloud-based storage, security and
networking
services and related business analytics that can leverage the
services due to a growing consolidation trend favouring “one
stop”
solutions.
Valuation Analysis Summary – As a rough guideline,
valuations and/or market capitalisation for companies in the Network Management,
Network Security and
Financial Technology space range from 4 to 6 times revenue
to 8 to 12 times revenue with Financial Technology companies historically
valued
at the lower end of this range. However, recent valuations for strategic players
have considered booking run rates in addition
to revenues and been edging upward
for companies that have healthy bookings, demonstrated innovative solutions and
have seen accelerated
adoption by customers. A guideline of 10 times revenue can
be justified for companies that are (1) growing quickly, (2) in an active
sector, (3) with solid growth and defensible IP that is relevant to its
differentiation. By this measure, an 8-10x revenue multiple
for Mako appears
justified based on its revenue growth, current pipeline, focus on sales
operations, continued vitality of its core
market, renewed investor focus on
cloud management solutions and its protected intellectual property. Recent
acquisition activity
with companies in the cloud networking, management and
security areas also support this multiple.”
- [96] Mr
Sidorenko also undertook a SWOT analysis. Introducing this topic, he noted that
the market analysis he had undertaken revealed
that no single player dominated
the market and that innovation was accelerating at an extremely rapid pace.
Thus, he observed, it
was imperative that Mako leverage its unique technology,
IP and PCI certification to take advantage of the current market void of
a
“clear brand leader in this space”.
- [97] In terms of
Mako’s strengths, he referred to the unique and exclusive technological
strengths the product had. As for weaknesses,
he referred to a limited number of
issues which included public IP address requirements, maintaining PCI
compliance, remote access
limitations and the fact that there was no current
long term evolution (“LTE”) certification. As for opportunities, he
listed many, particularly in relation to potential markets. Of the threats, he
noted market innovation from competitors, Mako’s
lack of recognition in
the commercial market and Mako’s inability to control the pipeline as the
market evolved.
The Norcal Pipeline Report (1 July
2013)
- [98] In April
2013, Mako retained Norcal to undertake further research, this time to conduct
an independent analysis of the work pipeline
identified in the Norcal Marketing
Report. This was the “Norcal Pipeline Report”.
- [99] The Norcal
Pipeline Report, dated 1 July 2013, recorded that it was prepared on the
directors’ instructions as part of
Mako’s continuing market due
diligence. Its stated purpose was to provide an “objective and realistic
assessment of opportunities
being currently pursued by Mako’s business
development...teams in light of current sales activities, market conditions and
end user buying preferences.”
- [100] The report
was compiled from various sources; the pipeline considerations published in
January 2013, interviews with business
development managers in the sales
regions, research into the opportunities listed in the pipeline reports, the
development of a common
assessment framework capturing the priorities identified
by various industry business development managers, sales operations, and
a
scoring analysis which calculated the likelihood of success of each business
endeavour as measured against objective criteria.
- [101] The report
summarised Mako’s business and client pipeline as
follows:
“Overall, the pipeline reviewed for this report appears to
be reasonably constructed with a high level of engagement in partner
channels
and a realistic approach to specific regional challenges. This overall
assessment is bolstered by the accelerated sale progress
that Mako has seen in
2013 in general and some specific customer wins that will enhance Mako’s
brand recognition in the future.
...
On balance, sales support resources that need to be expanded are
pre-sales technical support, partner programs to encourage the inclusion
of
smaller channel partners...and improved marketing and sales execution
collateral...Overall, demand generation activity, market
profiling research and
channel modelling needs to be expanded in order to proactively pursue additional
sales opportunities and partner
channels...”
Solvency test paper
- [102] On
30 June 2013, an internally generated Board paper reviewed Mako’s
solvency. It seems the primary purpose of this exercise
was to provide a going
concern confirmation for Mako’s auditors, Deloitte, for the purposes of
the IPO. The report, prepared
by management, applied the two-limbed test under s
4 of the Companies Act; the first being the cash flow test, namely whether the
company is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of
business and the second, the balance sheet test, that
is whether the value of
the company’s assets is greater than its liabilities, including contingent
liabilities. The report
noted that as at 30 June 2013 Mako’s unaudited
consolidated financial accounts reported an equity deficit of $8,667,000 and
total liabilities exceeding assets by the same amount. The working capital
deficit was
$3.5 million. The Mako group had recorded a loss before tax for the year ended
30 June 2013 of $7,397,000 compared with the previous
year’s loss of
$6,274,000.
- [103] The two
primary stated objectives of the paper were;
(a) “to demonstrate to the directors that the company had
sufficient cash resources to meet its obligations in the normal course
of
business”; and
(b) “to provide the directors with adequate information to
determine a “true and fair” view as to the value of [Mako]
on a
going concern basis, and
that this value exceeds the equity deficit and could potentially settle the
outstanding liabilities of the Company...”.
- [104] The paper
concluded that Mako was solvent on the basis of the value of the work in the
pipeline and the value of the business.
It forecast revenue for 2014 at over
three times the revenue of the preceding financial year.
Deloitte Planning Report
- [105] On
6 August 2013, Deloitte prepared a planning report at the directors’
request for the year ended 30 June 2013 for the
purpose of reviewing
Mako’s accounts for a possible IPO. Deloitte listed the key areas of audit
risk which were considered
appropriate to bring to the attention of the Board
for that purpose.
- [106] Identified
as an area of focus was whether Mako could continue as a going concern. The
relevant part is reproduced in full
below.
Focus area
|
Response
|
Going concern
|
Consider and perform appropriate tests on the documentation prepared by the
company to evidence and support the entity having the
ability to continue as a
going-concern. (We understand the business has adequate cash surplus ($3.9
million) as at 30 June 2013,
plus additional liquidity via access to $35 million
financing facility with TRL, currently drawn to $24.5 million as at 30 June
2013).
|
As at 30 June 2013 the (unaudited) consolidated financial accounts of Mako
Networks Holdings Limited has an equity deficit of approximately
$8.667 million
and a working capital deficit of $3.476 million.
|
|
Deloitte will review managements discounted cash flow model, including
assumptions used in the model including support for the cash
flows and the
supporting contracts.
|
|
Disclosure has been made in the notes to the financial statements and the
audit report in relation to assumptions supporting the going
concern basis and
that Mako will require funding by way of securing future contracts and
successful capital raising) to
continue as a going concern.
|
Restated accounts for year ended 30 June 2012
- [107] As
part of Deloitte’s audit, it was discovered that Mako’s accountants,
Duns Accounts Ltd had wrongly included anticipated
forward sales from Phoenix
as
revenue. The original accounts recorded Mako’s positive equity
position of
$1,873,896 for the period ended 30 June 2012. As a result of Deloitte’s
intervention, the revenue was restated from $10.3 million
to $4.6 million.
Assets were restated from
$17.1 million to $8.9 million.
Bell Gully instructions
- [108] The
same month Mako instructed solicitors, Bell Gully to provide legal advice and
support in relation to Mako’s proposed
IPO. It was anticipated the work
would involve due diligence, preparing and reviewing all relevant documents,
assisting Mako and
its investment bankers and providing general liaison services
involving the NZX and the Financial Markets Authority.
The Weldon Report
- [109] In
mid-2013 Cameron Partners introduced Mr Farmer to Mr Mark Weldon, formerly the
CEO of the NZX. The directors engaged Mr Weldon
to undertake a review of
Mako’s organisational structure. In July 2013 Mr Weldon wrote to Mr Farmer
setting out his proposal
for a six-week project. As part of that plan he
anticipated joining the Board. He also indicated he would personally invest
between
$1 million and $3 million in Mako.
- [110] The
resultant 37-page report was dated 7 October 2013. It described the purpose of
the review as twofold:
“1. Undertake for the Board an organisational assessment,
including identifying current organisational strengths, weaknesses,
opportunities and risks for the company; and
2. Develop a set of recommendation that will ensure Mako
can manage its growth profitability (sic) and effectively, with the
goal of
creating the maximum shareholder value.”
- [111] In
summary, the report’s authors recognised that while Mako had one or two
areas of “true distinctiveness (product
and sales)” and was a
“market disruptor” there were issues around its supply chain,
capital and operations. The
report stated that Mako’s capital structure
was highly risky with both current debt levels and the projected debt track
being
too high. This, the report stated, created two
significant
risks; first Mako’s ability to control its own destiny and secondly, how
Mako could fund near term growth at an acceptable
cost. Contributing to the
working capital issues was what the report described as:
“...an ad hoc organisation approach in the areas of
inventory supply, customer delivery, contractual terms, pricing, internal
budgeting and key operational metrics”.
- [112] It stated
that while that situation might be appropriate for a small, simple business, it
was not adequate for an international
and complex business. The report noted
that if Mako’s debt was not kept under control, the company, despite its
promising sales
and pipeline could “grow bust”. The report concluded
that Mako was a company with some:
“extremely world class aspects, and some aspects that are
counter to that. What this means in practical terms is that the balance
of the
organization is critical to address. If addressed, the value realization
potential will become realizable, tangible, and potentially
quite large
...”
- [113] Mr Farmer
gave evidence that the Weldon Report was tabled at Mako’s AGM in October
2013. The minutes for the meeting record
Mr Weldon’s
attendance.
Telecom Rentals raises concerns
- [114] On
13 October 2013 Telcom Rentals’ General Manager wrote to Mr Farmer
expressing concerns over Mako’s viability
and warning that without a cash
injection Telecom Rentals would have to consider halting further funding. In
summary the advice from
Telecom Rentals was:
(a) without Telecom Rentals’ continued support Mako was
technically insolvent;
(b) Mako’s negative equity provided challenges when
justifying further lending;
(c) the anticipated growth in Mako’s revenue was unlikely
to cover the loan repayments to Telecom Rentals let alone the company’s
overheads and working capital requirements;
(d) the likelihood of repayment of the sums owed to Telecom Rentals without
restructuring or further equity was low;
(e) a cash/equity injection of $20 million to $50 million was
needed by March 2014 to cover Mako’s losses and working capital
requirements; and
(f) without such an injection, Telecom Rentals might halt
further funding leading to potential insolvency and/or conversion or sale
of
Telecom Rentals’ debt.
- [115] A few
weeks later Telecom Rentals clarified its position. Mr Farmer was told that the
reference to $20 million to $50 million
of cash/equity by March 2014 was not a
requirement to repay the debt by March 2014. Mr Farmer took this to mean that
Telecom Rentals
would continue to fund Mako until at least March the following
year.
- [116] However,
that optimism appears to have been misplaced because shortly afterwards, in
November 2013, Telecom Rentals refused
to advance the $5 million Mako expected
to receive that month, apparently because it wished to undertake an independent
review of
Mako’s business. On the evidence, this came as a surprise to the
directors. It materially changed the working capital position
for Mako and a
cashflow deficit was expected by January 2014.
Customers and marketing
- [117] Despite
the cashflow difficulties which Mako was experiencing in 2013, there were a
number of positive trading aspects. Of these,
the most notable was Chevron. The
Chevron trials had successfully concluded and, as a result, in November 2013
Mako and Chevron entered
into an agreement under which Mako would provide
services to Chevron sites throughout the United States, initially 600 and
forecast
to reach 6,000. Further, British Telecom exceeded Mako’s
expectations with the Mako system being used for their Cardnet
product.
- [118] In his
evidence Mr Gamble referred to other emerging, albeit less prominent customers.
These included three major United States
carparking companies.
- [119] In a
report to the Board in September 2013, the recently executed United States
contracts were listed with forecasts for gross
revenue. The report contained a
table showing the link between sales forecast, inventory ordering and the
working capital impact
for cash payments to the supplier and the purchase
receipt from the customer.
- [120] The
teaming agreement with Sprint Corporation (“Sprint”), a United
States telecommunications giant and mobile network
operator, had been executed
which, based on the pipeline assessment, was expected to be worth $20 million
over three years. The Sprint
productisation agreement, which is discussed later,
was also being advanced.
Mr Frawley raises concerns
- [121] On
23 October 2013, before the latest advice from Telecom Rentals but after it had
registered its concerns about Mako’s
solvency position, Mr Frawley wrote
to the other directors raising concerns over the draft representation letter
prepared by Mako’s
auditors, Deloitte. He pointed out that the draft
required the directors to confirm that Mako had adequate resources to continue
operating as a going concern for the foreseeable future. Mr Frawley questioned
whether such a confirmation was possible in the light
of Telecom Rental’s
indications. He concluded by saying:
“I have seen nothing at this stage that would give me the
requisite level of comfort to sign the letter as currently drafted
but there may
of course be a number of things going on behind the scene that I am unaware
of.”
- [122] Mr Farmer
responded the following day in a letter copied to all directors. Under the
heading, “Going Concern”, he
said:
“Even if [Telecom Rentals] stopped any further funding,
current orders on hand or indicated will cover any short term cash requirements.
Current deployments are strengthening improving the company’s recurring
revenue stream. Alternate funding of CPE and installations
will materially
benefit the Company’s cash burn. Progress with three node sales is
advanced and has been positively received
with affirmations by each of the
prospective customers that the catalyst for transition to that purchasing method
is proof of business
model.
My assessment of the Company’s position is that the going
concern basis is appropriate albeit not without risk. My interpretation
of the
representation we are making is we have considered matters properly and that we
have articulated that those risks exist and
should not be discounted.”
- [123] It seems
that these comments did not assuage Mr Frawley’s concerns. The Board
minutes of 30 October 2013 record:
“Mr Frawley commented that the current forecasts
didn’t outline what would happen, it was the directors judgement at that
particular point of time of what could be reasonably expected to happen based on
their understanding of the business. The directors’
judgement needed to be
supported by good processes and relevant information. [Telecom Rentals’]
email of 13th of October introduced uncertainty, which was clarified
in their subsequent email of 27 October. The subsequent email confirmed
that it was [Telecom Rentals’] intention to support Mako and any repayment
of debt was at Mako boards discretion.”
- [124] Mr Frawley
also commented that the Weldon Report identified issues which were not a
surprise. It highlighted the need to concentrate
on the structural and
implementation issues.
- [125] The
minutes also record that all directors agreed, at that time, they had reasonable
grounds to believe Mako could continue
on a going concern basis until October
2014, but that the position would require close monitoring. Despite Mr
Frawley’s
observations, the Board unanimously resolved to approve the
audited financial statements of Mako Networks and approve the directors’
representation letter. Mr Frawley seconded the latter
motion.
- [126] The
following day, 31 October 2013, the auditors formally
recorded:
“Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to Note
12 in the financial statements, which indicates that the Group and
[Mako
Networks] incurred a net deficit of $7,683,000 and $137,000 respectively during
the year ended 30 June 2013 and the Group
has an overall net deficit in equity
of
$13,906,000. These conditions, along with other matters set out in Note 12,
indicate the existence of a material uncertainty that
may cast significant doubt
about [Mako Networks] and the Group’s ability to continue as a going
concern.”
Mr Frawley resigns
- [127] Mr
Frawley resigned on 29 December 2013. The events leading up to this are of some
relevance. On 18 December 2013 Mr Frawley
wrote to the directors observing that
“realistic and resilient cash flow” projections were required. This
was followed
three days later by a further email in which he commented that he
did not believe Telecom Rentals was “setting up [Mako] for
a cheap
takeover”. He pointed out that
the accounts and cashflows provided by Mako showed that the company was
technically insolvent in that its liabilities exceeded the
value of its assets
and that it would be unable to pay its debts in January 2014 if further funds
were not received. He concluded
by stating:
“It is fairly clear to me that [Telecom Rentals] are
facing a substantial loss and their best option will be to work with us
on
finding a solution. This means that it is in everyone’s interest for us to
cooperate with them and if we fail to do so they
will have no option but to
assume that we have something to hide.”
- [128] On 25
December 2013, Mr Frawley emailed the directors noting, amongst other
comments:
“The cash flow that is presented to [Telecom Rentals]
should be limited to transactions that we know are going to actually happen.
It
should not include the Highwire scenario, third party investors or sales where a
binding contract is not in place.”
- [129] Four days
later Mr Frawley formally tendered his resignation. He cited his reasons as
two-fold; first, the concerns outlined
in his letter and secondly, the amount of
time he was spending on Mako matters. In summary, Mr Frawley said that his
primary concern
was that the credit line from Telecom Rentals kept increasing
and effectively funded the company’s working capital. He said
Telecom
withdrew the facility because it had concerns over its security. Mr Frawley said
that he suspected Telecom Rentals did not
have a proper appreciation of how Mako
was using the facility, a position aggravated by the company’s inadequate
systems and
procedures. Mr Frawley observed that because Telecom Rentals was
Mako’s biggest creditor, the Board and the directors had a
duty to ensure
that Mako’s trading did not cause them or other creditors serious loss.
Telecom Rentals’ exposure was
significantly more than the value of the
assets they had purchased and rented back. He observed that they were facing a
large shortfall.
He suggested that Telcom Rentals and KordaMentha be given
copies of the Weldon and Norcal reports “...because those documents
provide a good insight into the challenges faced by the company and its
potential especially in the US market”. Mr Frawley’s
concluding
comments were:
“I would like to conclude by saying that none of my
comments are aimed at anyone personally and I hold all the Board members
and in
particular [Mr Farmer] in the highest regard. I also think that the company has
huge potential and with the right partner(s),
strategy and structures it should
achieve it.”
Telecom Rentals restructures debt
- [130] According
to Mr Farmer, the first indication Telecom Rentals was wavering in its
commitment to Mako and that it would not advance
further funds until and/or
unless Mako provided it with a cashflow forecast and financial statements was at
a meeting on 26 September
2013. This was followed up by the 13 October 2013
email. Mako had been relying on Telecom Rentals’ continued support and
assurance
that it had a debt ceiling of $35 million.
- [131] Telecom
Rentals decided all further advances would be suspended until KordaMentha had
undertaken an independent review of Mako’s
business, a position which
Mako’s directors and legal advisors regarded as unlawful. As a
consequence, in late December 2013
Mr Farmer and Mr Frederick together injected
approximately
$1.1 million of their own funds into Mako to meet its immediate cashflow
requirements.
- [132] Throughout
January 2014, negotiations continued. Mako took professional advice from
accountants Lynch & Associates and solicitors,
Bell Gully, on whether it
could continue to trade.
- [133] In late
January 2014, Telecom Rentals and Mako reached agreement on a new loan
restructure to convert the outstanding debt into
a table loan with a five
year-term and a two-year repayment holiday. The restructure was formalised on 7
February 2014. Mako agreed
to sell Telecom it’s New Zealand business
(SecureME) for
$3 million and Telecom Rentals agreed to a two-year repayment holiday with
repayment, including interest, to be paid from 2016 over
a three year term.
Telecom also agreed to advance Mako a further $2 million.
- [134] However,
before the agreement could be executed by Mako, it required ratification by the
shareholders.
- [135] On 5
February 2014, Mr Farmer sent an email letter to all shareholders, including Mr
Banks, inviting them to a special general
meeting (“SGM”) by
Skype.
The letter attached a copy of the agreement and a draft resolution. The relevant
parts of Mr Farmer’s explanatory letter are
set out below:
“Dear Shareholders
As you will see from the attached documents the last six weeks
have been a challenging time for the Board and Management of the Company
as we
have dealt with the severance of funding to support the business from Telecom
Rentals. Circumstances have changed on literally
a daily basis from one where
the Directors have had to consider various options as cash reserves have been
depleted.
Ultimately we have come to an arrangement with Telecom Corporate
for a Sale of the SecureMe business to Gen-i and a complete restructuring
of our
current debt arrangement. This agreement was finally reached on Monday and full
Documentation received last evening.
Further to this, the Management have completed a comprehensive
review of all expenses in the business and initiated a major restructuring
of
the same. This will result in a significant reduction in personnel in research
and development and absolute alignment of sales
resources to take advantage of
the opportunities in the US and Australia with the UK being covered by Phoenix
Managed Networks.
To complete the arrangements agreed with Telecom I am requesting
an urgent Special Meeting is convened to discuss and if agreed approve
the
transaction as outlined in the Draft Resolution attached. I realise this is very
short notice but time is of the essence with
funds depleted.
...
Should you not be available for a call and wish to vote on the
Resolution could you please reply to this email with a note in the
subject line
– VOTE IN FAVOUR, VOTE AGAINST or ABSTAIN.
...
Many thanks for your urgent attention. I look forward to closing
this chapter and moving forward to take advantage of the opportunities
in front
of us.
Kind regards Bill”
- [136] The
resolution was ratified by the shareholders. Although the arrangement with
Telecom Rentals provided a two year breathing
space before repayments commenced,
the cost to Mako was significant. Mr Farmer described it as “gut-
wrenching”. Mako’s
staffing complement was slashed by 55 per cent;
half the
research and development team as well as administrative and operational staff
were made redundant.
Agreement 3
- [137] As
Mako was negotiating with Telecom Rentals over late 2013/early 2014, Mr Banks
indicated to Mr Farmer that he had more funds
to invest. A description of the
events leading up to Agreement 3 follows.
- [138] On 15
November 2013, by email, Mr Banks responded to what appears to have been an
earlier approach by Mr Farmer to meet up.
He said:
“If [the IPO] happens, great, if not, I’ll simply
assume that I’ll have big smile post-float.
I don’t have any mortgages but if you ever needed me to
apply for one and provide Mako with liquidity I’d be happy to.
I know you
said you don’t need this but I just wanted to remind you that I’m
here to do whatever little I can for Mako.”
- [139] Mr Farmer
responded:
“Adam
With the opportunities building in Oz and the US we may look to
list earlier and require extra capital to ramp up as quickly as we
can. This
could also play a little better into your hands with a more robust story and
greater opportunity of uplift.
Could I ask you if you were to provide further capital what
level you feel comfortable with.
Many thanks Bill”
- [140] The Board
minutes of 24 December 2013 record undertakings from Mr Banks and another
creditor, Mr C,9 for cash injections of $500,000 and $200,000
respectively, conditional on Mako undertaking an IPO in the near term. Mr Farmer
noted
that any potential investors would need to be advised of the Telecom
Rentals’ situation and he
9 The investor’s name has been anonymised for
privacy reasons.
would thus need to advise both Mr Banks and Mr C not to advance the monies they
had pledged due to the change in circumstances. The
minutes record:
“Mr Frawley supported this position and added that any
investor with knowledge of a distressed financial position would heavily
discount the value of the company. Further, there was a substantial risk that
the discussions with these investors could expose the
Board and the company to a
claim if it was found to be misleading.”
- [141] Mr Farmer
emailed Mr Banks later that day advising him to “...hold off on
transferring funds to Mako at this time”
and promising to get back to him
when “...we are all clear to accept the same.”
- [142] Approximately
a month later, on 21 January 2014, Mr Farmer emailed Mr Banks asking him
how he was placed to catch up,
adding that there were “Some real
challenges at the moment but will talk through”.
- [143] The
following day, 22 January 2014, Mr Farmer advised Mr Banks by email
that:
“Things are really challenging at the moment with [Telecom
Rentals] suspending our funding facility just before Christmas. We
have been
working day and night for solutions and whilst there are options it is not
certain at the moment.”
- [144] Mr Banks
had not attended the Skype SGM. Nor did he respond in any way to Mr
Farmer’s explanatory letter of 5 February
2014. It was not for another
fortnight, on 9 February 2014, that he responded. Mr Farmer suggested they meet
the following week.
Mr Banks replied:
“It’s a shame that we had to panic-sell that
business chunk. Will the IPO cash eliminate the reliance on a credit
provider?
I hope that you have put out the fire and things have changed
such that if I put my $500K in now it would be as safe as my existing
money was
6m ago.”
- [145] He made no
comment on the issue of Mako giving security to Telecom
Rentals.
- [146] Mr Farmer
met with Mr Banks on 4 March 2014 and the following day, sent him the
shareholder’s agreement. He told Mr Banks
that he felt the best option for
Mako would be for Mr Banks or his nominee to become a Mako shareholder.
This
advice was consistent with the observations of Mako’s professional
advisors, particularly Cameron Partners and Mr Weldon, that
debt should, where
possible, be equitised. He asked Mr Banks to review the attached shareholder
agreement.
- [147] On 8 March
2014, Mr Banks responded that:
“The agreement looks good. Let’s do this when
you’re ready”.
- [148] However, a
week later, on 16 March 2014, Mr Banks wrote:
“I’ve had some 2nd thoughts. Our arrangement was
that I’m a creditor and the debt increases by 10%/y. We then entered
into
an agreement that stated that the debt would cease to increase and I’d get
a share price discount. I was looking forward
to things happening as per that
agreement and am used to agreements being adhered to unless both agree to
dissolve them. Unfortunately
that agreement has been effectively dissolved
without my say. Circumstances have changed so I guess I’m okay with that.
One
would imagine that we would revert to how things were before but it seems we
are keeping just one part of the agreement: the part
re the debt ceasing to
increase. If you can find the time I’d like to sort this out before
handling the below.”
- [149] Mr Farmer
responded the following day with:
“Just so we are on the same page the public offer
shareholding was $100m less the discount whereas the current proposal is at
$50m
with the expectation of a better upside.”
- [150] On 18
March 2014, Mr Banks replied:
“I was happy not having my money grow in exchange for a
discount. I now have the option of buying in @ $50m but it seems that
that is
something that any investor has the option of doing for a while: on 29.11.13 we
chatted about the then latest capital raising
of $5m. You said that we would use
the same valuation as was used in the capital raising before that: $50m.
If I have misunderstood sure perhaps we should chat. Maybe
there’s a simpler way of looking at it: you’ve already done
some leg
work re the IPO and ascertain that the market was prepared to buy in @ $100m. If
that’s true then I’m getting
a great discount and I’d be happy
to buy in (to keep things simple we’ll forget about the extra
$500k).”
- [151] On 24
April 2014, Mr Banks advanced $500,000 to Mako. No written agreement was
ever executed.
- [152] Following
this, Mr Farmer updated Mako’s share allocation to reflect that Mr Banks
was a shareholder although no shares
were ever actually issued to him and the
debt of accession was never executed.
Mako in 2014
- [153] By
February 2014, with the Telecom Rentals debt restructured, the immediate
pressure on the directors was, to some extent, relieved.
The company had
received
$5 million in cash from Telecom Rentals and no repayments of the debt or
interest were due for another two years. Additionally, there
were a number of
promising and, potentially, highly lucrative deals on the horizon.
- [154] In the
Board minutes for March 2014, Mr Farmer reported that a statutory demand for USD
271,365.30 served by GPC Electronics,
one of Mako’s suppliers, was no
longer being pursued by the creditor. He also referred to a meeting he and Mr
Frederick had
with Telecom’s CEO, Mr Simon Moutter. This was to the effect
that Telecom’s original intention had been to place Mako
into receivership
but the potential disruption of the SecureME business had dissuaded Telecom from
adopting that course. Telecom
advised that the restructure was a “one time
deal” and if Mako came back “with no money receivership is the only
option”. The Board meeting then went on to consider various capital
raising options before Mr Gamble gave a sales update for
the United States
market.
Sprint
- [155] One of the
most promising prospects identified in the pipeline at this time was Sprint. The
detail of this opportunity is discussed
later, but in summary, in September
2013, Mako entered into the teaming agreement under which Sprint was to make the
Mako system
available to its customers and promote the product. The expected
value to Mako over three years was approximately $20 million. The
product
agreement referred to in the minutes would have the Mako system rolled out to
tens of thousands of sites. That deal was estimated
to be worth approximately
USD 42 million over two years. Negotiations continued well into May 2014 before
Sprint unexpectedly withdrew.
D&S
Communications
- [156] There
were, however, other business opportunities being considered by the directors
around this time. In July 2014 discussions
with D&S Communications
(“D&S”) led to the execution of a distribution and supply
agreement under which D&S
contracted to provide all logistics for the
supply, installation and servicing of Mako’s hardware at Chevron’s
sites.
Under this arrangement Mako could receive much needed cash in advance for
the business it secured from Chevron.
Goldman Sachs
- [157] In the
meantime, the directors were actively exploring options for the recapitalisation
of the company. A private equity firm
was engaged to assist. Through them the
directors were introduced to Goldman Sachs. Due diligence was commenced. On 25
September
2014 Goldman Sachs put a proposal to the directors which was that the
Telecom Rentals’ debt should be equitised with equity
splits of 10 to 15
per cent for management, 5 per cent for existing equity investors and 60 to 70
per cent for a new investor. Over
the following weeks there were discussions
between the parties, but in late October the Board rejected the offer although
agreeing
to maintain contact with Goldman Sachs.
BP North America
- [158] In
September 2014 Mako was approached by BP Products North America Inc
(“BP”) to install the Mako system in all
its retail sites throughout
North America. The potential for Mako was massive. In October 2014 Mako was
advised it was the preferred
provider and was invited to enter a Master Services
contract. At the time it was expected contractual negotiations would be
completed
by late November, with trialling in January 2015 and roll-out to 7,200
sites in April 2015. The likely gross revenue for Mako generated
over three
years was expected to be in the order of
$8 million to $16 million. D&S would pre-purchase the hardware and licences
from Mako to provide the working capital to fund
the roll-out.
- [159] Discussions
about a possible merger with D&S continued. A business continuity agreement
was entered into to give BP some
assurance Mako could deliver its system if the
contract went ahead.
Mako in 2015
- [160] Despite
the earlier indications, the contract with BP was not formalised until 10 June
2015. In his evidence, Mr Farmer expressed
how frustrating it was to him and the
other directors at what seemed to be inexplicable delays on the part of BP over
the first part
of 2015 in getting the contracts executed. These delays had
consequential practical effects. In particular, it delayed Mako’s
ability
to roll out the product to thousands of BP sites.
- [161] In the
meantime, the merger discussions with D&S continued. As part of that process
D&S also discussed with Telecom,
albeit ultimately unsuccessfully, the
possibility of it buying out Mako’s debt to Telecom Rentals for $5
million.
- [162] By August
2015 the chronic cashflow issues which had plagued Mako again came to the fore.
D&S advised that due to their
own financial constraints they could no longer
pre-purchase the hardware and licenses. This effectively frustrated Mako’s
ability
to perform its obligations to BP. Without working capital the roll-out
was impossible.
- [163] At a Board
meeting on 19 August 2015 the directors determined that without further sources
of funds the company’s cash
position was such that it was not viable to
continue to trade. Mako was placed in liquidation and the directors invited
Telecom to
appoint receivers.
Post-receivership events
- [164] KordaMentha
were appointed receivers on 21 August 2015. The Mako business, which was
essentially its IT, was ultimately sold
to D&S for
approximately
$2.5 million.
- [165] D&S
has gone on to successfully roll out the Mako system to BP. The Chevron contract
was successfully renegotiated. The
business, still trading as Mako, now operates
out of Chicago. Mr Gamble is its president. It has been highly successful.
Discussions
are underway for Mako’s technology to be rolled out to BP
globally. According to Mr Gamble, Mako continues to increase its
market share to
the detriment of its much larger competitors.
DEFENCE APPLICATIONS FOR POST-TRIAL PRODUCTION ORDERS AND TO
RECALL MR BANKS
Introduction
- [166] This
section of my judgment relates to post-trial applications filed by the
defendants seeking the delivery up of certain electronic
devices in Mr
Banks’ possession and the defendants’ consequent application to
recall Mr Banks and adduce further evidence
after the close of
evidence.
- [167] It is
dealt with at this point because my findings on this issue and, in particular,
my findings on Mr Banks’ credibility,
assume relevance to my
determinations on certain aspects of the causes of action, particularly those
under the Securities Act and
the FTA.
Background
- [168] On
27 September 2019, two months after I had heard final submissions and reserved
my judgment, Mr Hollyman filed an interlocutory
application. He sought orders
that Mr Banks deliver up to an independent expert any and all electronic devices
which might have stored
emails sent to or received from the
account
chris1astro@zoho.com, (“the
Zoho address”), operated by Zoho, an email service provider based in
Austin, Texas.
- [169] The emails
in question had attracted a modest level of prominence in the trial,
particularly in the context of the defendants’
affirmative defence that Mr
Banks was a habitual investor or a person whose principal business involved the
investment of
money, thereby ousting the application of the Securities Act.10 The
evidence disclosed that Mr Banks had deposited sums exceeding $500,000 in
trading accounts with CMC Markets (“CMC”)
and Vantage FX Pty Ltd
(“Vantage FX”) in September 2011 and March 2012. His explanation for
these deposits was that they
were not actually investments, but rather they were
made in connection with a research project operating out of the University of
Auckland’s Business School.
- [170] The
existence of these emails was first disclosed by Mr Banks to the defence when
his evidence was served in advance of the
trial. In his brief, Mr Banks
specifically addressed these deposits. He said he was approached by a Mr Chris
Nuves (“Mr Nuves”)
on 16 August 2011. Mr Nuves asked him if he
wanted to be part of a group researching the utility of software relating to
“...people,
money and/or online shopping”. Mr Banks claimed the
project was not about share trading. He said he did not use the software.
His
involvement was limited to crediting money to those accounts to enable the
research group to analyse the software features. According
to Mr Banks he
deposited the money and was later repaid together with a small amount of
interest earned in the CMC account. He said
that he felt safe contributing the
money because he had previously vetted Mr Nuves and “...he seemed like a
respectable person”.
- [171] The 20 or
so emails were produced to support his claim. All are relatively brief and their
content generally banal. Taken at
face value they do, however, confirm the
existence of Mr Nuves’ and Mr Banks’ involvement in a research
project of the
sort he claimed.
- [172] It was not
until some weeks after the trial had finished that questions around the
provenance and authenticity of the emails
and the Zoho address first surfaced.
The emails were originally discovered in PDF format with Mr Banks’ brief
of evidence.
Shortly before the trial started, Mr Farmer’s solicitors
requested “native” electronic versions of the emails.
Mr
Banks’ solicitors responded the same day by attaching a Zip folder which
contained .msg files of the emails.
10 Statement of Defence dated 17 June 2019 at
[117(3)] to Amended Statement of Claim dated 18 April 2019, relying on the
affirmative
defence in s 3(2)(a)(ii) of the Securities Act 1978.
- [173] On
receiving these, Messrs Gamble and Massam undertook a simple, presumptive test
to see if the Zoho email address existed.
This they did on 2 July 2019 by
running a “recipient” test against Zoho’s mail servers. They
issued a command to
the mail server indicating they wished to send an email to a
particular address. The way the server responds will indicate whether
or not the
email address actually exists. Mr Massam issued a command that he wanted to send
an email to
chris1astro@zoho.com. The mail
server replied that there was no such email address in use. Messrs Gamble and
Massam then examined the emails more closely.
They observed features which they
regarded as “very strange”.
- [174] They then
made enquiries with Zoho’s helpdesk to ascertain whether the Zoho address
existed in August 2011. Zoho replied
that it had no records of any such account
and suggested that a personal account be set up with that email address to see
if it was
available. Mr Massam followed this advice. He received a
“welcome” email from Zoho which also indicated that the Zoho
address
did not exist. Enquiries were then made with the technical support engineer at
Zoho, Mr Eric Nogelmeier. He reviewed Zoho’s
records and confirmed there
was no record of the Zoho address existing between August 2011 and March 2012,
being the date range of
the emails. The defence then engaged Mr Willem Cronje,
an expert in forensic computer investigations, to examine the emails. Mr
Cronje’s
initial opinion was that the emails’ authenticity was
questionable. This was because there was standard content missing from
the
header sections and the time stamps did not reflect the change to daylight
saving time.
- [175] The
defence’s application to produce was opposed by Mr Banks, first on the
ground of want of jurisdiction and secondly,
whether any evidence derived from
an examination of the devices would materially add to the evidence or assist the
Court on any question
in issue.
- [176] I allowed
the application and made orders requiring Mr Banks to deliver up the devices and
password. I also made orders that
the computer forensic experts
engaged
by Mr Banks and the defendants were to provide reports and made associated
timetabling orders.11
The evidence
- [177] A
joint statement was filed by the respective experts, Mr Campbell McKenzie for
the defendants and Mr David Harris for Mr Banks,
in which they agreed on the
following:
(a) no email containing the Zoho address for 2011 to 2012 was
located in either the hardware or Mr Banks’ Gmail account;
(b) no contact record with the name Nuves, Nooves or Noovs was
located for the entire Google account nor was the Zoho address attached
to any
contact; and
(c) the Zoho emails had very little header information and were
missing much of what would be expected in standard email header data.
There is
no means to verify the authenticity of these emails.
- [178] Mr Banks
made two affidavits12 and later served a brief of evidence.
Affidavits were also filed by Mr Nogelmeier, Mr Cronje, Ms Banks, Mr Ben
Castelow (who is Mr
Banks’ sister’s partner), Mr McKenzie and Mr
Harris.
- [179] On 5 and 6
October 2020, the trial was re-opened for the purpose of receiving further
evidence and submissions on the question
of the authenticity of the emails and
related issues. Oral evidence was given by Mr Nogelmeier,13
Mr Harris, Mr McKenzie, Mr Castelow, Ms Banks and Mr Banks. I also
received oral submissions from both counsel.
11 Banks v Farmer & Ors [2019] NZHC
3415.
12 1 November 2019 and 15 November 2019.
13 Via AVL link.
Discussion and findings
- [180] It
is not necessary for the purposes of this judgment to traverse the evidence and
submissions in detail. I have come to the
conclusion that I do not accept Mr
Banks’ explanations that the funds he advanced to CMC and Vantage FX were
to support the
research project as he claims. I am satisfied, having regard to
all the circumstances, that the emails were created by Mr Banks at
some point
after these proceedings were commenced for the purpose of supporting his false
explanation for the CMC and Vantage FX
deposits. My reasons
follow.
- [181] First,
there is Mr Nogelmeier’s evidence which first led Messrs Massam and Gamble
to suspect the authenticity of the emails.
This was that Zoho could find no
record of the Zoho address existing between August 2011 and March 2012.
Furthermore, had there been
such an address, Zoho would have had a record of it.
Zoho’s records show that the address was first created in July 2019 by
Mr
Massam in the course of his preliminary enquiries. Mr Nogelmeier maintained this
position under cross-examination, confirming
that Zoho kept a log of accounts
which had been opened and closed and that he had personally checked those
records.
- [182] Secondly,
the experts’ evidence was that the only versions of the emails they could
locate in Mr Banks’ Gmail account
were attachments to emails created in
2019, presumably for the purposes of the litigation. They could not locate any
of the emails
dated either 2011 or 2012. Furthermore, despite searching Mr
Banks’ entire Google account, they discovered no contact record
with the
name Nuves or similar. The Zoho address was not attached to any contact. The
experts were agreed that there was no means
to verify the emails’
authenticity.
- [183] Mr Harris,
a software expert in the production and processing of electronic mail, analysed
the emails and concluded that the
lack of detail in the headers is such that
they could have been created in any number of ways and at any time. He said they
had no
probative value as evidence of communications between Mr Banks and Mr
Nuves at the times claimed and everything which may have permitted
such a
confirmation is missing. Furthermore, there is no valid reason why an extractor
programme would remove message ID headers.
The messages contain aspects
which
are specific to the Microsoft mail environment which is unusual because Gmail
does not use Microsoft hosting infrastructure. Mr Banks
was unable to explain
this. Also of significance, is that several of the messages contain a header
which refers to Microsoft Outlook,
which did not exist until 2012. I place less
weight on Mr Harris’ evidence that it was unusual that all of the .eml
files contained
a time zone stamp of
+0000. Mr Harris observed that unless the messages were sent from London, he
would not expect to see such a time zone stamp. As Mr
McKenzie observed, the
time stamps were displayed differently across different versions of the files
and might simply reflect the
tools which the experts used.
- [184] Mr Harris
also placed some reliance on the fact that three of the 28 messages have
different dates but exactly the same time,
literally to the second. He said that
while this might be theoretically possible, he believed it to be an extremely
unlikely coincidence
given the small sample set. Despite Mr Johnson’s
submission that this evidence should not be afforded the emphasis Mr Harris
gave
it because it is unknown how many emails Mr Nuves sent or what time of the day
he sent them, I am of the view there is force
in Mr Harris’ observation on
this point.
- [185] Thirdly,
in their joint expert report, Messrs Harris and McKenzie agreed on the
following:
(a) the emails are not in the format they would consider to be
“original” emails; rather they contain text that resembles
an email
message;
(b) the emails could have been extracted using add-ons and
scripts; and
(c) even if Mr Banks extracted the emails as he claims, it would
also have been possible to edit them at a later stage.
- [186] Fourth,
and independent of the expert evidence, Mr Banks’ account of how he became
associated with Mr Nuves and the research
project is inherently implausible.
While I accept Mr Johnson’s submission that Mr Banks has “an unusual
personality”
I do not accept that he is naïve or that he lacks
“the guile to forge emails and then attempt to keep the evidence of
that
hidden” as was submitted. To advance more than
$500,000 to support research into the utility of software to assist a man who is
virtually unknown to him stretches credulity even
when generous allowances are
given on account of Mr Banks’ unusual presentation.
- [187] Fifth and
relatedly, while there is no onus on Mr Banks to prove Mr Nuves’
existence, it is most surprising that there
is such a dearth of evidence beyond
the emails themselves and Mr Banks’ evidence, of Mr Nuves. Mr Banks, in an
affidavit filed
in opposition to the defendants’ application for
production orders, stated:
“Over a period of months I’ve tried to find Chris
Nuves but I have not been able to. I think one difficulty is that “Chris
Nuves” may not be his legal name.”
- [188] This
statement is most surprising for at least two reasons. First, in his evidence at
the trial Mr Banks had said he felt comfortable
lending such a large sum to
Mr Nuves’ research project because he had vetted Mr Nuves and he seemed
“like a respectable
person”. And yet when undertaking a similar
exercise for the purpose of the recall application, he was unable to find him
or,
it seems, any reference to him. Secondly, on the face of the emails, Mr
Nuves held more than three teaching positions and more than
six treasury
positions. He apparently handled donations from the public and worked in a
Hobson Street office. Some of the emails
bear what appears to be his mobile
phone number. The fact that in late 2020 Mr Nuves apparently had no internet
presence and could
not be located despite his apparent prominence in university
circles, simply compounds the difficulty in accepting Mr Banks’
account.
- [189] Sixth, I
do not accept that Mr Banks did not, at the relevant time, possess the necessary
electronic skills to create the emails
as he claimed. In his brief of evidence,
he stated that he had studied papers in computing. In the context of the Nuves
emails he
said he participated in the research programme because he was
interested in software and its usability and wanted to increase his
experience
in software analysis. He also described himself as “...good at identifying
faults and things that could be improved
in software”. These observations,
together with other aspects of his evidence, reveal not only an interest and
apparent competence
in software and IT systems, but also a practical ability to
apply those skills. It cannot be said that Mr Banks lacks skills
in this
area.
- [190] Seventh, I
consider that the circumstances in which the emails were disclosed assumes some
relevance when viewed in the overall
context of this case. Mr Banks said he
located the emails in a box “of old academic materials” in the
course of locating
documents in response to Associate Judge Smith’s
discovery order. Quite apart from the question as to why he would have printed
off and separately stored hard copy versions of such innocuous correspondence, I
regard it as significant that the existence of the
emails was first brought to
the attention of the defence when Mr Banks’ brief of evidence was served,
shortly before the trial
commenced. When asked why his affidavit of documents
did not include the emails, Mr Banks appeared to suggest that the relevant
discovery
orders related to shareholdings and investments and had nothing to do
with the software research project or the Nuves emails. In
this regard I also
consider it significant that Mr Banks claimed he deleted Mr Nuves as a
“frequent contact” in his gmail
account when he discovered it on 24
September 2019, that is after he had notice that the authenticity of the emails
was being questioned.
The inherent implausibility of his explanation is apparent
from this extract taken from his affidavit:
“Inquiries I made since this issue was raised
25 After Mr Farmer indicated that he was planning on filing this
application, on 3 September 2019 I decided to check the flash drive’s
functionality. I did this by moving a few files on and off the drive.
26 On 24 September 2019 I was looking through my Gmail account
for anything relating to Chris and noticed and that his email address
appeared
in my ‘Frequently contacted’ list. A screenshot showing this is
annexed...
27 After I took this screenshot, I decided to add Chris’
name to the entry (thinking that this might reveal more information
about the
email address).
28 When I did this, Google automatically moved the entry to the
“Contacts” list. I did not want to have disturbed the
original
entry, so I deleted it from the “Contacts” list, thinking that it
would reappear on the “Frequently contacted”
list. It did
not.”
Credibility findings
- [191] For
the reasons listed above I simply do not believe Mr Banks’ account
relating to the existence of Mr Nuves, the research
project and the explanation
for his substantial investments in CMC and Vantage FX. However, the effect of
this finding
extends beyond the relatively narrow issue of Mr Nuves’ existence and the
habitual investor category exception. It is directly
relevant to wider
credibility determinations relative to both Mr Banks and Ms Banks. My reasons
follow.
- [192] First, Mr
Banks. Mr Johnson submits Mr Banks was a nervous witness who was attempting to
be helpful but has a precise and literal
approach to the use of language. Having
seen and heard him giving evidence over several days, both during the trial and
the recall
hearing, I cannot agree.
- [193] Far from
striking me as nervous, Mr Banks was, throughout much of his evidence, evasive,
defensive and unco-operative. He exhibited
no sense of nervousness or deference
to opposing counsel. I found him to be a most unimpressive witness whose lengthy
and often circular
responses, even to the most straightforward of propositions,
did him no credit. He made few, if any, concessions, even when such
a course was
plainly called for. At times during his cross-examination, it was evident he was
highly suspicious of the line of questioning
and pre-empted his answers in
anticipation of where he believed Mr Hollyman was heading. At other times, his
responses to Mr Hollyman’s
questions were conveyed in an artificially
literal fashion. It was clear he understood the gravamen of the question but was
determined
to obstruct counsel’s ability to obtain an answer to the
proposition posed. On occasions he challenged the relevance of lines
of
questioning or otherwise attempted to evade answering. There are examples too
numerous to list. I shall refer to just a few.
- [194] In the
course of cross-examination Mr Banks was asked if he knew anyone called Isabel
Fish. He said he knew an Isabel Fish but
it was spelled differently and that
person did not have a dance studio business.14 It was put to him that
Isabel Fish was his partner at the time. He denied this before adding that he
had never met an Isabel Fish
with a dance studio. He said “I’m very
confused by this...I’m trying to grasp at some reality here, I’m not
seeing any reality”. Mr Hollyman referred him to
14 The reference to a dance studio arose from a
passage in Mr Farmer’s evidence which Mr Hollyman had earlier referred to
Mr Banks
where Mr Farmer had said that Mr Banks had told him he spent most of
his time researching investments and assisting his partner,
Isabel Fish, with
her dance studio business.
an email he had sent to Mr Farmer from an email address in the name Isabel Fish.
Mr Banks replied:
“A ...Well actually, if you want to be pedantic, which I
think you are, the label in the “From” field says “Isabel
Fish”, there’s no email address there and, of course, anyone can
type in any label but I don’t think that’s
relevant. Do you want to
talk about the body of the email?
Q No, I want to talk about Isabel Fish. A Okay, sure
Q Mr Banks, because are you denying Isabel Fish was at the time your partner
who ran the dance study (sic)?
A So, I am not sure how much I can repeat myself for a fifth
time...”
- [195] This
tortuous exchange prefaced the next two-and-a-half pages of the notes of
evidence during which Mr Banks did all
he could to evade and
frustrate Mr Hollyman’s questioning. He challenged the relevance of the
questions to such an
extent I was required to intervene and direct him to
answer. He attempted to obfuscate by focussing on differences in the spelling
of
the name being “Isabel” or “Isabelle” and suggested more
than once he knew no one of that name who ran
a dance studio. Finally, after
some 23 question and answer sequences, Mr Banks accepted his former partner was
called Isabel Fish
and she had run a “drama
academy”.
- [196] Another
example of Mr Banks’ less than frank assertions emerge through his
communications with Mr Farmer during the negotiations
which preceded
Agreement
1. This relates to the legal advice he claimed he was receiving. On 17 January
2011, having received the draft loan documents from
Mr Farmer, he emailed Mr
Farmer saying that his lawyer, “Grant”, had reviewed the contracts,
adding that he had expected
him to have only some minor adjustments but,
unfortunately he had:
“...a lot of reservations but I hope we can find a
compromise. He thinks that there is inadequate creditor protection and is
hoping
that you will offer more. I have drafted the below which I expect will make him
happier.”
- [197] He then
set out the suggested amendments before adding that Grant thought he should ask
for a personal guarantee and that once
the parties had agreed on the terms
“...Grant would like to convert the contracts to deeds of debt”. He
suggested that
Grant would probably also want security. Then, on 25 January
2011, Mr Banks sent
Mr Farmer an email including further, suggested, amendments to the agreement
adding that “Once we are happy I’ll show
it to my lawyer who
hopefully will consider it to be as good as the deed of debt that he recommended
then your lawyers can take it
from there”. This was followed by an email
on 28 January 2011 in which Mr Banks set out what he claimed were comments from
his lawyer. In fact, Mr Banks did not have a lawyer. In cross-examination, he
accepted that Grant, who he named as his lawyer, was
in fact a law student by a
different name whom he had spoken to at three parties. From Mr Farmer’s
perspective the emails conveyed
the wholly false impression that Mr Banks was
working closely with his solicitors. While the motive for this subterfuge is
unclear,
it is an example of Mr Banks’ facility for bending the truth.
- [198] There were
also other, miscellaneous aspects to Mr Banks’ evidence where his
explanations were prolix and unconvincing.
These include his description of his
main occupation being “property landlord in the UK” in an
Immigration New Zealand
(“INZ”) residence permit application. His
explanations for this were illogical and implausible even extending to the
suggestion that an INZ officer had been complicit in misleading
INZ.
- [199] Another
example was his self-description as a student. When that was explored in
cross-examination, it became apparent he was
not a student as that term is
commonly understood, in the sense of being enrolled in a course of study, but
rather someone who studies
topics which interest him.
- [200] While none
of these examples is determinative of a particular issue in contest, combined
they serve to bolster my adverse findings
as to Mr Banks’ credibility.
Later in this judgment I shall return to more specific and relevant examples of
where I am satisfied
Mr Banks has lied.
- [201] In
rejecting Mr Banks’ account on the Nuves emails, I do not overlook the
evidence of Ms Banks and Mr Castelow who both
gave evidence that they had driven
Mr Banks to meetings at which they both met a man called “Chris”. I
agree with
Mr Hollyman’s submission that their evidence should be viewed with
circumspection for the following reasons:
(a) it was Mr Banks who approached them and initiated the
enquiry about Mr Nuves;
(b) both affidavits bear a high degree of resemblance and the
unavoidable risk of cross contamination, particularly given they both
live at
the same address;
(c) the events occurred some eight to nine years before the
witnesses were asked to recall events which at the time they occurred,
would
have been routine and unremarkable events;
(d) the witnesses were unable to recall matters beyond that
contained in their affidavits; and
(e) Mr Castelow was able to provide surprising detail,
purportedly unprompted, in relation to both CMC and Mr Nuves.
- [202] I am not
prepared to accept their evidence when it is considered against the substantial
body of circumstantial evidence pointing
in the opposite
direction.
- [203] Mr Johnson
rightly submits that given the seriousness of the allegation, compelling
evidence is required and that the party
making the allegation is required to
prove it. As previously observed, it is not for Mr Banks to prove that he did
not forge the
emails.
- [204] As noted,
I am satisfied on the evidence set out above, that Mr Banks forged the emails
for the purpose of providing an in-Court
explanation for the significant
advances he made to CMC and Vantage FX. While I accept that each of the
evidential strands does not,
on its own, support such a conclusion, it is the
combination of
independent evidence from multiple sources which compels the making of that
inference.15
- [205] The next
question is, having made this determination, what are the
consequences?
- [206] Mr
Hollyman submits that if I was to find the emails had been fabricated, the
proper inference to draw is that in 2011 and 2012
Mr Banks was trading with
significant sums of money on at least two share trading platforms. This finding,
combined with Mr Banks’
less than frank disclosure, his other extensive
investments and his lack of employment would necessarily lead the Court to
conclude
that he was a habitual investor at the time he invested in
Mako.
- [207] Mr Johnson
submits that even if the Court was to find that Mr Banks’ use of CMC and
Vantage FX was his personal trading,
this would be of little consequence under
the Securities Act cause of action. The period of trading was so limited that
the habitual
investor exception does not apply.
- [208] As for the
other causes of action, Mr Johnson accepts Mr Banks’ credibility may
assume some relevance when the Court is
considering the alleged
misrepresentations under the FTA cause of action and various claims made
by Mr Farmer for example
that at a meeting in November 2013 he told Mr Banks
that “we might lose all our money”. However, he submits that Mr
Banks’
case relies primarily on the contemporaneous documentary record.
Furthermore, and relatedly, the assessment of liability under the
Companies Act
claims involves, primarily, objective assessments of the defendants’
conduct.
- [209] The second
and fourth causes of action both relate to the accuracy of information given to
Mr Banks by Mr Farmer and the failure
to provide Mr Banks with material
information. Given that a significant number of the pleaded misrepresentations
engage a direct
credibility contest between Mr Banks and Mr Farmer, I
cannot agree that the effect of my credibility findings are so
limited.
15 Thomas v R [1972] NZLR 34
(CA); Commissioner of Police v De Wys [2016] NZCA 634;
and
Attorney-General v Strathboss Kiwifruit Ltd [2020] NZCA 98, [2020]
3 NZLR 247 at [469]- [471].
Neither do I agree that Mr Bank’s credibility on the first cause of action
under s 37 of the Securities Act is all but irrelevant.
FIRST CAUSE OF ACTION – S 37 OF THE SECURITIES
ACT
- [210] Section
37 of the Securities Act provides:
“37 Void irregular allotments
(1) No allotment of a security offered to the public for
subscription shall be made unless at the time of the subscription for
the
security there was a registered prospectus relating to the security.
...”
The parties’ positions
- [211] The
plaintiff’s claim under this cause of action is that there was a void
allotment of securities to Mr Banks by Mako.
Mr Johnson submits that an
allotment of securities was made to Mr Banks as a member of the public, in
circumstances where no registered
prospectus was ever issued by Mako. The
consequence of that conduct is that the allotment was invalid, and of no effect.
As such,
Mr Banks must be repaid. Mako is not in a position to make the
repayment and so the directors are jointly and severally liable to
repay the
subscriptions plus interest to Mr Banks under s 37 of the Securities Act. Mr
Johnson submits “just and equitable”
discretionary relief under s
37AH of the Securities Act is not available to the directors. The onus is on the
directors to prove
that the default in repayment was not due to any misconduct
or negligence on their part and they cannot and have not done
that.
- [212] The
defendants submit that the plaintiff’s claim does not fit within the
framework of the Securities Act and that relief
is unavailable as a result. If
the Court considers the Securities Act is applicable, the defendants’
position is that there
were three allotments, corresponding to each of the three
Agreements. Even if the Agreements could constitute allotments of security,
Mr
Hollyman submits there was no relevant offer of securities made to Mr Banks as a
member of the public, or as part of a section
of the public, or as an individual
member of the public selected at random. Additionally, Mr Banks is excluded from
being a member
of the public on the grounds under s 3(2)(a) of the Securities
Act. If the Court found any allotment to be void, it would be just
and equitable
for the Court to grant the directors relief from liability under s 37AH of the
Securities Act.
What is the correct approach for this cause of action?
- [213] The
parties adopt different approaches to how this cause of action should be viewed
and determined.
- [214] The
plaintiff views the funds Mr Banks transferred to Mako, being the
entire
$3.2 million, as a single allotment of security. Mr Johnson adopts a global
approach, grouping together all three Agreements and
referring to the
“allotment of a debt security” in the singular. As a consequence, he
makes few submissions on the Agreements
as individual allotments and does not
detail, relative to each advance, the circumstances said to constitute an offer
of securities
to the public.
- [215] In
contrast, the defendants submit such an approach is incorrect. Mr Hollyman says
it illustrates that the first cause of action
is misconceived. He submits that
the correct approach requires each of the three Agreements to be assessed
individually when determining
whether they fit within the definition of
allotments of security, and whether they stemmed from offers of securities to
the public.
- [216] Thus, the
first issue to determine is which is the correct approach?
- [217] The term
“allot” is defined in the Securities Act to include “sell,
issue, assign, and convey”. Allotment
has a corresponding meaning. I adopt
a common sense approach in applying the terms to the present circumstances. The
terms “sell,
issue, assign, and convey” carry the ordinary
connotation of singular events. In other words, each speaks to a specific
instance
or transaction. To “allot” security, in my view, means to
enter into a transaction where an allotment of securities is
made on a
particular occasion. I favour this interpretation because it would not make
sense for an individual who has, for example,
accepted offers for securities by
a company on multiple, separate occasions, perhaps over the course of several
years, to be treated
as having made a single allotment of securities. Such an
interpretation would prevent the Court from examining each transaction
separately,
despite the fact the circumstances surrounding a particular
transaction may have been quite different and lead to different conclusions
under the Securities Act. The consequences of such an approach would be to
prevent the scrutiny of individual transactions. Repayment
would be “all
or nothing”. This cannot be right.
- [218] In the
present case, to roll all three Agreements into a single allotment (if indeed
they are found to be allotments) also fails
to recognise their essential
differences. These include not only the different circumstances in which they
were entered, but also
the financial state of the company at the time, and the
differing terms between the Agreements, specifically between Agreement 1
and
Agreements 2 and 3. I thus favour and adopt Mr Hollyman’s
approach.
Can the Agreements be considered security allotments?
- [219] The
next part of my analysis involves determining what a security allotment is in
order to determine whether the funds advanced
by Mr Banks may be considered
allotments.
- [220] The
meaning of security under the Securities Act is defined in s
2D:
“2D Meaning of security
(1) In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires, the term
security means any interest or right to participate in any capital,
assets,
earnings, royalties, or other property of any person; and includes—
...
(b) a debt security;
...
but does not include any such interest or right...that is
declared by regulations not to be a security for the purposes of this
Act.”
- [221] A
“debt security is defined under s 2(1):
“2 Interpretation
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires,—
...
debt security means any interest in or right to be paid money that is,
or is to be, deposited with, lent to, or otherwise owing by, any person (whether
or not the interest or right is secured by a charge over any property); and
includes;—
(a) a debenture, debenture stock, bond, note, certificate of deposit, and
convertible note; and
(b) an interest or right that is declared by regulations to be a debt
security for the purposes of this Act; and
(c) a renewal or variation of the terms or conditions of any such interest or
right or of a security referred to in paragraph (a)
or paragraph (b);—
but does not include—
(d) an interest in contributory mortgage where the interest is offered by a
contributory mortgage broker; or
(e) any such interest or right or a security referred to in paragraph (a) or
paragraph (c) that is declared by regulations not to
be a debt security for the
purposes of this Act.”
- [222] I accept
that these provisions provide a broad and encompassing definition. The Supreme
Court in Hickman v Turner & Waverley Ltd16 observed that
the definition of ‘debt security’ under s 2 should be afforded
“a purposeful, but non-technical, construction”.17 A key
part of the Supreme Court’s reasoning in Hickman involves asking
whether that which is being offered should be considered an investment. If what
is being offered is an investment,
and there is an “interest in or right
to be paid money that is, or is to be, deposited with, lent to, or otherwise
owing by,
any person”, then the investment will meet the definition of a
debt security.
- [223] Mr
Hollyman submits that the Agreements are “quite apart” from
instruments that might generally be understood to
constitute securities. It is
the defendants’ position that all three Agreements were privately
negotiated loan arrangements
which should not be considered security allotments.
Mr Johnson submits that the broad legislative definitions and the Supreme
Court’s
approach means that the Agreements do amount to securities.
Further, he submits that Mr Hollyman’s approach narrows the enquiry
and is
unrealistic given that the relevant sections of the Securities Act are designed
to protect investors comprehensively. Against
that background, I consider each
agreement in turn.
Agreement 1
- [224] Agreement
1 takes the form of a loan arrangement, recorded in writing on 4 February
2011, under which Mr Banks advanced
funds to Mako, with a right to repayment and
interest. The statutory definition of debt securities includes “an
interest in
or right to be paid money that is...lent”. I am satisfied the
funds advanced under Agreement 1 meet the definition of debt
security.
16 Hickman v Turner & Waverley Ltd [2012]
NZSC 72, [2013] 1 NZLR 741.
17 At [58].
Agreements 2 and 3
- [225] Agreement
2 is a written loan agreement, dated 30 June 2013. The terms and conditions of
Agreement 2 are the same as those contained
in Agreement 1 (as per para 2 of
Agreement 2).18 Agreement 2 includes an additional right of
conversion to equity which Agreement 1 did not confer. This provision was
included on
the advice of Cameron Partners. Mako was advised to convert debt to
equity where possible in anticipation of listing on the NZX.
This right is set
out under para 3 of Agreement 2. It provides:
“3. Equitisation
The Lender and Borrower wish to amend the Debt Letter Agreement
subject to clause 4(h)(i) as follows:
The Borrower has indicated to the Lender that it has initiated a
further capitisation program and is likely to list on the New Zealand
Stock
exchange (‘NZX’). The Borrower has engaged the services of Cameron
Partners (“Cameron”) to assist with
the capital raising Cameron have
strongly recommended that any debt currently on the Borrowers Balance Sheet is
either repaid or
transferred to equity prior to the NZX listing and agreed prior
to the close of the Borrowers financial year end. The Borrowers financial
year
end is 30th June 2013.
The Lender has agreed to transfer the total of advances and
interest dues as at 30 June 2013 in New Zealand dollars to equity in Mako
upon
completion of the NZX listing. As compensation for agreeing the transfer at the
current stage of planning and foregoing interest
until the listing the Lender
will receive a discount on issue of 15%. For clarification (sic) sake, if the
Prospectus share value
is $1.00, the Lender will buy shares at 85c
each.”
- [226] I am
satisfied that the presence of this clause further qualifies Agreement 2 as a
debt security. There can be no doubt that
a transaction exchanging money for a
right to equity or shares in a company is an allotment of
security.
- [227] Although
Agreement 3 was not recorded in writing, it is accepted it was entered into on
the same terms as Agreement 2. It thus
follows Agreement 3 was also a debt
security.
18 There is some uncertainty as to what the correct
term under Agreement 2 is. This is because there are two different terms
relating
to the advances under Agreement 1. This is discussed later in the
judgment.
Were there offers of securities made to the public?
Legal
principles
- [228] There are
two parts to the analysis under this section; first, whether an offer was made,
and secondly, whether that offer was
made to the public. I shall set out the
legal principles before applying them to, and forming conclusions on, each
Agreement/allotment.
- [229] The
definitions of both “offer” and “public” are broad and
inclusive. An “offer” is defined
under s 2 of the Act as including
“an invitation, and any proposal or invitation to make an offer”.
After considering
this definition, Anderson J in Orr v Martin
said:19
“Thus for the purposes of the
Securities Act 1978 the term ‘offer’ has a far broader meaning
than such term has in, for example, contractual law. It encompasses concepts
which in the law of contract amount to invitations to treat, and such extended
meaning is entirely consistent with the consumer protection
nature of the Act
itself.”
- [230] The
meaning of “public” is not defined in the legislation. Section 3
provides both inclusive and exclusive guidelines
for categorising the
public.20 Its text provides some guidance as to “what is and
[what] is not an offer to the public”.21 Necessarily,
determining whether an offer of a security was made to the public is a factual
issue to be determined on the circumstances
of the particular case, rather than
by reference to fixed criteria.22
- [231] Section 3
provides:
“3 Construction of references to offering securities to
the public
(1) Any reference in this Act to an offer of securities to the public
shall be construed as including—
(a) a reference to offering the securities to any section of the public,
however selected; and
19 Orr v Martin (1991) 5 NZCLC 67,383 (HC) at
67,390. Affirmed in Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner (No 2) (1993)
6 NZCLC 68,514 at 68,529.
20 Cathy Quinn and Peter Ratner “The Definition of the
‘Public’” in Morison’s Company and Securities Law New
Zealand (online loose-leaf ed, LexisNexis) at [7.1].
21 Lawrence v Registrar of Companies [2004] NZCA 2; [2004] 3 NZLR 37 (CA)
at [30].
22 At [35].
(b) a reference to offering the securities to individual members of the
public selected at random; and
(c) a reference to offering the securities to a person if the person became
known to the offeror as a result of any advertisement
made by or on behalf of
the offeror and that was intended or likely to result in the public seeking
further information or advice
about any investment opportunity or
services,—
whether or not any such offer is calculated to result in the securities
becoming available for subscription by persons other than
those receiving the
offer.
(2) None of the following offers shall constitute an offer of securities to
the public:
(a) an offer of securities made to any or all of the following persons
only:
(i) relatives or close business associates of the issuer or of a director of
the issuer:
(ii) persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in
the course of and for the purposes of their business,
habitually invest
money:
(iia) persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at
least
$500,000 for the securities before the allotment of those securities:
(iib) persons who have each previously paid a minimum subscription price of
at least
$500,000 for securities (the initial securities) in a single
transaction before the allotment of the initial securities, provided
that—
- (A) the offer of
the securities is made by the issuer of the initial securities; and
- (B) the offer of
the securities is made within 18 months of the date of the first allotment of
the initial securities:
(iii) any other person who in all the
circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as
a member of
the public:
(b) an invitation to a person to enter into a bona fide underwriting or
sub-underwriting agreement with respect to an offer of securities.
...”
- [232] Thus,
under s 3(1), an offer of securities to the public can include an offer
to:
(a) a section of the public, however selected;
(b) individual members of the public, selected at random; and
(c) a person who became known to the offeror as a result of an
advertisement by the offeror that was intended to result in the public
seeking
further information about investment opportunities.
- [233] Section
3(1)(a) is intended to make clear that an offer to the public need not be one
that is open to every member of the public.
A section of the public, however
selected, will be sufficient to be included in the definition. In Robert
Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner (No 2) John Hansen J
said:23
“It is quite clear that the wording of sec
3(1)(a)
is extremely wide, and it is hard to envisage any offer that is not prima
facie an offer to the public on the wording of the section.
Perhaps if an offer
was limited to institutions and directors, it may fall outside the term public,
but, clearly, the term itself
is very wide.”
- [234] However,
he went on to sound a note of caution:24
“Any consideration of this section must be viewed against
the overall statutory aim of the Act. This is to facilitate the raising
of
capital by securing the timely disclosure of relevant information to prospective
subscribers for security. It is aimed at the
protection of investors, and is
consumer orientated legislation.”
- [235] Section
3(1)(b) is self-explanatory. It requires individuals to have been selected at
random.
- [236] Section
3(1)(c) requires an advertisement. Although advertisement is defined in the
Securities Act, its meaning does not apply
to the term under this particular
section.25 Instead, the ordinary meaning of advertisement is
retained.26
- [237] The
relevant exceptions to the “public” are set out under ss
3(2)(a)(i)-(iia).
- [238] Section
3(2)(a)(i) excludes “relatives or close business associates of the issuer
or of a director of the issuer”.
In Lawrence v Registrar of
Companies,27 the Court
23 Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner (No 2)
(1993) 6 NZCLC 68,514 at 68,529.
24 At 68,529 citing Re AIC Merchant Finances Ltd [1989] NZCA 229; [1990] 2
NZLR 385 at 391.
25 Securities Act 1978, s 2A(5).
26 Orr v Martin (1991) 5 NZCLC 67,383 (HC).
27 Lawrence v Registrar of Companies [2004] NZCA 2; [2004] 3 NZLR 37
(CA).
referred to and approved the approach taken in Securities Commission v
Kiwi Co- operative Dairies Ltd28 when discussing the identity of
those captured by the words:29
“The Judge observed that in Kiwi Cooperative Dairies
this Court had held that there had to be a degree of intimacy or business
friendship in the relationship between issuer and offeree
that was sufficient to
overcome any inequality that might otherwise be present in the relationship. To
be “close business associates”
persons had to be sufficiently
closely connected on a personal basis with the issuer that it could be assumed
that they had either
sufficient knowledge of the issuer’s affairs or the
means of readily obtaining it.”
- [239] In
Society of Lloyds & Oxford Members Agency Ltd v Hyslop
(“Society of Lloyds”), the Court considered the conduct
of a Mr Langdale, who recruited “Names” for Lloyds. Mr
Langdale’s usual
practice was to be approached by parties interested in
becoming a Lloyds Name. That practice did not contravene the Securities Act
because there was no offer on the part of Mr Langdale. However, in relation
to Ms Hyslop, it was Mr Langdale who approached
her and some five other
longstanding friends. He invited them to become Lloyds Names.30 The
Court held this did not constitute an offer to the public because Ms Hyslop
fitted within the exception under s 3(2)(a)(i).
- [240] Section
3(2)(a)(ii) excludes those “whose principal business is the investment of
money or who, in the course of and for
the purposes of their business,
habitually invest money”. This exception splits naturally into two
categories. First, those
whose principal business is investing, and secondly,
those who are habitual investors. Again, there are no legislative definitions
for these categories. Ordinary meanings are to be used.
- [241] In
Lawrence v Registrar of Companies the Court explained the rationale for
the s 3(2)(a)(ii) exclusion as such people being “presumed by the
legislature to be a
category of persons able to protect themselves, because of
their expertise.”31 In practice, they may rightly be expected
to have the necessary experience and expertise to understand and interpret the
documentation,
know what, if any, further enquiries
28 Securities Commission v Kiwi Co-operative
Dairies Ltd [1995] 3 NZLR 26 at 31 and 32.
29 Lawrence v Registrar of Companies [2004] NZCA 2; [2004] 3 NZLR 37 (CA)
at [16].
30 Society of Lloyds & Oxford Members Agency Ltd v Hyslop
[1993] 3 NZLR 135 (CA) at 7 and 8.
31 Lawrence v Registrar of Companies [2004] NZCA 2; [2004] 3 NZLR 37 (CA)
at [32].
are necessary and thus be in a position to make a fully informed and reflective
investment judgement.
- [242] In
Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner it was held that Mr Gardner was a
habitual investor due to the large number of share purchases he had made, and
his own statements
regarding his status as a share market trader and dealer.
There the investment activity spanned a period of more than two
years.32
- [243] Mr Johnson
referred me to the District Court’s decision in Ministry of Economic
Development v Stakeholder Finance Ltd.33 There the Judge held
that an individual who had entered into eight property transactions over a four
to five year period was not a
habitual investor. Mr Hollyman submits this test
is too onerous. It is also inconsistent with the approach taken by John Hansen
J in Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner where this Court held that
investment activity over a two year period was sufficient to qualify someone as
a habitual investor.34
- [244] Mr
Hollyman also referred me to the observations of Shelley Griffiths
in
Company and Security Law in New Zealand, with which I
agree:35
“...the word ‘habitual’ qualifies
“investor” and in that context it is arguable that
“constant”
and “continual” do not capture what was
intended by the expression. Certainly some regularity, some pattern of recurrent
activity of investment is intended, but constant and continual seem to set the
benchmark that is neither related to the idea of what
investment entails nor
linked to the underlying purpose of the section...It can be inferred that
knowing what questions to ask and
knowing how to ask them is what being a
habitual investor gives a person.”
- [245] With
respect, I agree with those observations. They are common sense. Plainly what
amounts to habitual will be fact dependent,
but relevant considerations are
likely to include the number of investments, the time over which the investments
were made, the nature
of the investments, the frequency of investments and,
perhaps, the measure of the investor’s success. Any attempt at greater
prescription is likely to be fraught.
32 Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner (No 2)
(1993) 6 NZCLC 68,514 (HC) at 68,532.
33 Ministry of Economic Development v Stakeholder Finance Ltd
DC Auckland CRI-2007-004- 028150, -028160 and 028102, 9 December 2008 at
[68] and [69].
34 Robert Jones Investments Ltd v Gardner (No 2) (1993) 6
NZCLC 68,514 (HC) at 68,532.
35 Shelley Griffiths “The Primary Market” in J Farrar
and S Watson (ed) Company and Securities Law in New Zealand (Brookers,
Wellington, 2013) at 1053.
- [246] The
exception under s 3(2)(a)(iia) excludes persons “who are each required to
pay a minimum subscription price of at least
$500,000 for the securities before
the allotment of those securities”. Unlike the other two exceptions, this
exception is aimed
at the nature of the offer and is not concerned with the
investor themselves.
- [247] Finally,
the exception under s 3(2)(a)(iii) relates to “any other person who in all
the circumstances can properly be
regarded as having been selected otherwise
than as a member of the public”. This exception is to be read with the
preceding
inclusive provisions such that even if the offerees fit within those
definitions, they might, nonetheless, be excluded. In Society of Lloyds
the investors who may have qualified for exclusion under the s 3(2)(a)(i)
exception for relatives and business associates, might also
have met the
exclusory definition under s 3(2)(a)(iii). As Richardson J
said:36
“Even if, contrary to my assessment, the
six old friends of Mr Langdale could be regarded as a section of the public, I
would
hold that they were selected otherwise than as members of the
public.”
What is the effect of the chosen approach?
- [248] My
conclusion that each Agreement needs to be considered individually, and that
each constitutes a separate allotment of a security
requires me to consider the
circumstances of each Agreement/allotment to determine whether each amounted to
an offer of securities
made to the public.
Was there an offer to the public?
Agreement
1
(a) Factual circumstances
- [249] Answering
this question requires reference back to the factual circumstances which
preceded Agreement 1. As set out beginning
at [38] above, Mr Farmer and Ms
Banks have differing accounts as to how Agreement 1 came into existence. This is
a determinative
issue in my view. Ultimately, I am required to make factual
findings.
36 Society of Lloyds & Oxford Members Agency
Ltd v Hyslop [1993] 3 NZLR 135 (CA) at 8.
- [250] I accept
Mr Farmer’s evidence on this point and I reject the evidence of both Mr
Banks and his mother. My reasons for
not accepting the latters’ evidence
are based both on my earlier credibility findings against them on the so-called
“Nuves”
evidence, as well as certain contemporary documentary
evidence which tends to independently support Mr Farmer’s account of
the
events, and, in parts, contradict Mr and Ms Banks in material respects. Examples
with my reasons follow.
- [251] I am
satisfied that Mr Farmer’s and Ms Banks’ business relationship
commenced through Mr Winslade at a social event
in connection with the Albany
rural lifestyle estate where Mr Farmer and Mr Winslade lived. Mr Farmer and Mr
Winslade had been discussing
Mako, specifically talking about its capital
raising plans, when Mr Winslade mentioned that Ms Banks had some leftover money
from
the sale of properties in the United Kingdom. Mr Farmer said Mr Winslade
left their discussion, presumably to speak to Ms Banks,
before returning to Mr
Farmer and advising there was some interest on her behalf. He asked whether Mr
Farmer had any information
or documentation and Mr Farmer provided a copy of
Mako’s PPM, saying that Ms Banks should contact him if she was still
interested.
- [252] In
contrast, Ms Banks claimed that Mr Winslade never raised the possibility of an
investment in Mako with her. She said she
heard about Mako from Mr Farmer
directly:
“At some point in late 2010 during a conversation with [Mr
Farmer] he talked about people who had lent money to his company
called Mako at
a good interest rate. He asked if I would be interested. This is the first time
Mr Farmer asked if I would be interested
in investing in Mako.”
- [253] It is
unclear whether the meeting Ms Banks referred to occurred at one of the
estate’s social functions or in a different
setting. This is because Ms
Banks said she visited Mr Farmer “a few times socially at [his Albany
estate home] and the subsequent
one in Coatesville with Dave”. This
suggests the property in Albany was different to the Coatesville address. If Ms
Banks’
evidence on this point is to be accepted, the following exchange in
cross-examination between Mr Hollyman and Ms Banks makes a conversation
occurring at a social function seem unlikely:
“Q At [39] Mr Farmer refers to social functions,
I’ll read that paragraph out, ‘The residents of the complex would
regularly come together for
social functions. At these functions we talked about among other things our
various business ventures and projects. The people who
live in the estate and
attended these functions were typically successful business people and high net
worth individuals.’
Had you attended some of those functions Ms Banks?
A I attended a few functions not regularly.
Q Would that be a fair description of your experience of
those functions?
A No, the functions I attended was like a quiz night, or they
had Guy Fawkes night, or for Christmas like social functions, like
with a
meal.
Q And would it be right to say that at those functions your
experience of them was that you talked about among other things your various
business ventures and projects?
A No.
Q Would you agree that the people who lived in the estate were
typically successful business people and high net worth individuals?
A I don’t know because I didn’t talk to
them about business.”
- [254] The
alternative is that Ms Banks had the conversation about Mako in a different
setting. However, there is no evidence to support
this. Mr Winslade appears to
have been the common link between Mr Farmer and Ms Banks, even in circumstances
removed from any business
dealings. Mr Farmer said:
“Dave lived next door to me in Albany... I refer to
‘Dave’ living next door to me rather than ‘Dave and
Caroline’
because Caroline rarely stayed at the house...”
- [255] It was put
to Ms Banks in cross-examination that she rarely stayed at the Albany property.
She responded:
“I stayed at the house but also stayed at [a property on]
Great North Road where Leila lived and Adam lived next door, they
were recent
immigrants and I was doing my best to settle them in especially as Leila
didn’t drive.”
- [256] She later
described being “next door to [Mr Banks] a lot”. Mr Banks also
confirmed this when he said “[Ms
Banks] was spending a lot of time with my
sister who lived next door to me. So, a lot of the time she was physically
close.”
- [257] On this
evidence it seems unlikely that Ms Banks during these early days, who on both Mr
Farmer’s and Mr Banks’
accounts was not permanently living at the
Albany
property, would nonetheless have had a private conversation with Mr Farmer about
Mako in circumstances where Mr Winslade was not
present.
- [258] Also,
independently supportive of Mr Farmer’s account is a contemporaneous email
from Mr Banks to Mr Farmer on 22 December
2010, in which Mr Banks
wrote:
“I’m sure that it won’t be an
issue but I don’t want Dave to be involved.”
- [259] In the
circumstances it seems unlikely that Mr Banks would have said this if he
believed Mr Winslade had been uninvolved in
the initial introductions or
conversations. Plainly, he did not want him involved in the
negotiations.
- [260] Based on
my earlier credibility findings and on the contemporaneous evidence, I favour Mr
Farmer’s account. I am thus
satisfied Mr Winslade played some role or had
some initial involvement in introducing the business relationship between
Mr
Farmer and the Banks family.
- [261] Mr Farmer
said that after he gave Mr Winslade the PPM, Ms Banks contacted him to discuss
the possibility of investing. Ms Banks
denied this. Mr Farmer said Ms Banks
made a special trip out to meet him to understand Mako’s business. He said
he met with
Ms Banks and they spoke, broadly, about what Mako’s business
involved. Mr Farmer said that from these discussions, it was obvious
to him that
Ms Banks was “well versed in the business world” and that a Mako
investment would represent a small part
of her total investment portfolio. Mr
Farmer said that his understanding was that any investment would be with Ms
Banks’ money.
- [262] At some
point following these events, Mr Farmer said Ms Banks sent him an email saying
that she would like to proceed, and that
Mr Banks would “take it from
here”. Mr Farmer has been unable to locate that email. Ms Banks denied she
ever sent such
an email. Ms Banks says she gave Mr Farmer her son’s
contact details and suggested Mr Farmer get in touch with him. Regardless,
at
some point, Ms Banks involved Mr Banks in the process.
- [263] Mr Banks
and Mr Farmer met on 22 December 2010. Mr Farmer gave him a copy of the PPM. By
this time it had expired. The offer
closed on 30 November 2010.
- [264] Later the
same day Mr Banks emailed Mr Farmer with a series of questions around the
mechanics of the investment. On 24 December
2010 Mr Banks asked Mr Farmer
whether a personal guarantee might be possible. Mr Farmer responded in the
negative the following
day. On 27 December 2010 Mr Banks proposed a loan
of
£1.05 million in return for quarterly interest payments. Between this time
and the end of January 2011, Mr Farmer and Mr Banks
exchanged numerous emails
and spoke on the telephone. Mr Farmer said he believed Mr Banks was acting as Ms
Banks’ agent:
“I perceived [Mr Banks] to be [Ms Banks’]
representative, and that he was involved to oversee the investment on her
behalf.”
- [265] This
perception is supported by an email Mr Banks sent on 12 January 2011 in which he
referred to Ms Banks as a stakeholder:
“...Once we have polished them I’ll run them past
Caroline (a stakeholder as she will eventually benefit from my
returns).”
- [266] When asked
in cross-examination what he had meant by the term “stakeholder” his
explanation was:
“...stakeholder, that’s very simple. My mother and
sister are family members and I absolutely intended that if I had gotten
a
return from the investment I would have shared it with them. I didn’t, of
course, have to share it with anybody, but they
are my family, they are the only
family I have, and I would have taken pleasure from sharing my financial returns
with them.”
- [267] Ms Banks
was cross-examined on this subject. She said, “I never had any beneficial
interest in Adam’s loans to Mako,
and I’m not a stakeholder in the
traditional sense.” Ms Banks said she did not know why Mr Banks would have
used the
term “stakeholder” but assumed he did so because she was a
member of his family, who gave him the funds to invest, and
who he wanted to
benefit from any returns.
- [268] I do not
accept Mr Banks would have used the term “stakeholder” out of
context. He is plainly an intelligent man.
He is articulate. I have already
commented on the precision, almost to obsessive levels, of his use of language.
He is not someone
who would have used a term like “stakeholder”
loosely or without understanding its proper meaning, and intending to use
it in
its correct context. I am satisfied that when he described Ms Banks as a
stakeholder that is how he saw her. This conclusion
is supported by later
correspondence which I shall refer to.
- [269] Ms Banks
steadfastly denied that Mr Banks was her representative. Her evidence was
“that is simply not the case”
and that her involvement in
“Adam’s loans” was limited. I do not accept that was the
position, nor was it conveyed
to Mr Farmer or Mako. I am satisfied Ms Banks
remained involved in the process leading up to and including the finalising of
Agreement
1 and even beyond. My reasons follow.
- [270] First, on
more than one occasion during the period leading up to Agreement 2, Mr Banks
referred to Ms Banks in a way connotative
of her having a level of expectation
or authority inconsistent with her claim she had relinquished all effective
control to Mr Banks.
For example, in an email to Mr Farmer on 22 December 2010,
Mr Banks noted that, as part of the terms of any agreement, interest when
generated would be transferred to himself, his sister Leila or Ms
Banks.
- [271] There is
also his email of 12 January 2011 in which he said he would run the details
“past Caroline”. If Ms Banks
had, in fact, no effective involvement
after giving Mr Farmer her son’s contact details some time in mid-December
2010, it
begs the question as to why her son felt the need to involve her in the
details a month or so later.
- [272] Secondly,
Ms Banks maintained an operative role during the transfer of the funds. Both Mr
Banks and Ms Banks claim that Ms Banks’
involvement in the money transfers
was because she operated the UK bank accounts. Any transfer required her to
facilitate it. However,
the email exchanges between Ms Banks and Mr Farmer
during the two month period between February and March 2011 convey the
impression
of a much closer involvement in the transaction by Ms Banks than
simply facilitating money transfers.
- [273] There are
numerous email communications between Mr Farmer, Ms Banks and Mr Banks
throughout this period. They relate to the
logistics and frustrations of the
international transfers. They express embarrassment on the part of Ms Banks.
Aspects of this correspondence
deserve particular mention. The correspondence is
warm and friendly, consistent with both a personal and business relationship.
Additionally,
if this investment was one which Ms Banks had left entirely to her
son to manage, why was she corresponding directly with Mr Farmer
over this
period? I accept that her
personal involvement was required to release the funds, but the mechanics of the
transfer to Mako did not require her assistance
to the level she was, in fact,
involved nor her direct involvement with Mr Farmer.
- [274] Thirdly,
in the correspondence, particularly around 1 April 2011, the day the funds were
released, Ms Banks asked Mr Farmer
if, in lieu of £25,000, he would accept
“25k GBP/NZD mid-market +200 (as compensation)”. This correspondence
goes
well beyond facilitating the transfer of funds. It amounts to a request to
vary terms.
- [275] Similarly,
Ms Banks’ language to Mr Farmer in the email of 12 February 2011 is
personal and singular. For example, she
said “So I am asking you if
you would kindly allow me to pay you from NZ funds the equivalent of
25,000 pounds” (emphasis added). It is clear she is referring to herself,
rather
than Mr Banks. This exchange is not simply about transferring funds.
Again, it is indicative of her being actively involved in the
ongoing
negotiations.
- [276] Fourth, Ms
Banks used the first person plural “we” on multiple occasions in
this correspondence in contexts where
the inference is that she was referring to
herself and her son. Ms Banks’ explanation for her use of “we”
was:
“In some e-mails I use the word ‘we’ when
describing Adam’s loans to Mako. This is my mistake and I understand
how
it can be misinterpreted to mean I was party to the loans. However, I was not
involved in Adam’s negotiations or agreements
to loan Mako money. I simply
helped him facilitate the payment of money. I used the word ‘we’
sometimes because even
though the money was Adam’s to invest, it had been
given to him by me and the New Life Family Trust, I had been occasionally
involved and I assumed he would use it to benefit our family. I was also trying
to speak casually to appeal to Mr Farmer’s
moral compass to treat Adam
fairly.”
- [277] Fifth, I
find that Ms Banks and Mr Farmer met on at least one, but probably more,
occasions where Mako’s business and
investment options were discussed. One
meeting occurred on 3 January 2011. Mr Farmer said this meeting was for the
purpose of satisfying
himself that Ms Banks “was happy with the
investment”. Ms Banks denied such a meeting ever took place. However, that
denial is contradicted by an email from Mr Farmer to Ms Banks on 6 January 2011,
in which Mr Farmer said, “it was good to catch
up on Monday, please excuse
my rushing off”. Monday of that week was 3 January 2011. It is implausible
that Mr Farmer would
have sent this email
had he not met Ms Banks as he described. It is also significant in my view that
this meeting occurred after Mr Banks had been involved in the process and
following the detailed discussions between Mr Farmer and Mr Banks. It also
runs contrary
to Ms Banks’ assertion she met Mr Farmer only once, on 18
February 2015 with her son, when she was his support person. This
suggests to me
that despite Mr Banks being engaged in much of the detail of the discussions and
negotiations, Ms Banks was also actively
involved.
- [278] Sixth, in
support of her claim that her involvement was limited to facilitating the
international money transfers, Ms Banks
pointed to an email sent to her by
Mr Banks on 12 February 2011 in which he sent instructions for a cheque, and
requested she
email the bank with instructions for the transfer of £1
million to Mako as soon as possible. On this issue, Mr Banks said in
evidence:
“In this phase of the project the task was transferring
money and the people at my end doing the thinking and managing, if you
will,
were Caroline and I.”
- [279] Evidently,
Mr Banks did not consider that his mother’s role was confined to acting on
instructions he gave her relative
to the transfers. He considered her to be
involved in the “thinking and management” of the dealings around
Agreement
1.
- [280] Finally,
if there was any doubt as to Ms Banks involvement in Agreement 1, this is
dispelled by continuing correspondence between
Mr Farmer and Mr Banks after the
conclusion of Agreement 1.
- [281] Around
October 2011 Mr Farmer’s evidence was that he offered to repay some of
Mako’s debt back to Ms Banks.
On 10 October 2011, Mr Banks
emailed Mr Farmer:
“Caroline told me about your chat re Mako. Thank you for
the offer of making a payment however I thought we had discussed the
issue a
while ago. Here is my understanding of the arrangement:
1 interest is capitalised (this occurs with every transaction
row (see table))
2 we have a transaction row every time there is an anniversary
that’s not in the min period or a transaction (I expect these
to be
infrequent)”
- [282] Later the
same day Mr Farmer replied saying “I’m happy with how things are but
want to be sure that Caroline and
yourself do not think we are taking unfair
advantage”.
- [283] Mr Banks
responded:
“Please let me know if I am missing anything but the deal
sounds fair to me. We are both happy with the tables and formulae and, I
currently have no need for the money.”
(emphasis added)
- [284] From this
it is apparent that even after Agreement 1 was completed Ms Banks continued to
be involved in the investment decisions
with her son.
- [285] There
are other examples of Ms Banks’ continued involvement. On 3
September 2012 Mr Banks emailed Mr Farmer
in response to being sent a copy of
the YellowTuna Holdings accounts. He expressed concern about being named in the
accounts and
wrote:
“Ages ago I talked to Caroline about this exact issue and
I believe she said that you said that my name would not appear in
such
documents; did she talk to you?”
- [286] Mr Farmer
replied the following day saying that although he could not recall such a
discussion, the document could easily be
changed. He invited Mr Banks to call
him.
- [287] On 14
March 2013, a month after Agreement 1 had been concluded and three months before
Agreement 2 was entered into, Ms Banks
sent Mr Farmer an email which is set out
in full below:
“Hi Bill
I hope you and all the family are well. Your house seems to be
progressing well.
Adam told me he had meet (sic) you. I am happy we are doing
further business with you. It sounds very exciting how you are expanding the
business. I wish you well with the launch on the Stockmarket.
We are getting on well. Leila came back from Japan last month.
Her eye condition has improved and she is slowly getting a better sleep
pattern.
I have recently been to Golden Bay where I did a Permaculture Design course.
I learnt a lot although it was very intense.
Please give my love to Jennie. Love
Caroline”
(emphasis added)
- [288] It is the
cumulative and combined effect of this evidence, coming as it does from
disparate sources over an extended period
which leads me to conclude that it was
through Ms Banks and her personal connection with Mr Farmer that her son
advanced the funds
to Mako. That Ms Banks maintained a close and continuing
involvement in the investment both before and after the first advance is
consistent with Mr Farmer’s understanding of her role and position.
Against the backdrop of that finding that I turn now to
consider whether there
was an offer of securities to the public.
(b) Analysis on Agreement 1
- [289] Mr
Hollyman submits that Society of Lloyds is factually on
“all-fours”. He says that as a matter of common sense, circumstances
where individuals approach the offeror
cannot constitute an offer within the
meaning of the Act. Like Mr Langdale in Society of Lloyds, Ms Banks knew
through Mr Winslade that Mako was seeking investors. It was Ms Banks who
approached Mr Farmer seeking to invest in
Mako. I accept Mr Farmer’s
account that Ms Banks approached him having been appraised of the investment
opportunity through
Mr Winslade. She then combined her energies with her
son’s to bring about the investment. It was, thus, not an offer and I
agree that Society of Lloyds is generally on point.
- [290] Even if I
am wrong and, in fact, what occurred constituted an offer, I am not satisfied it
was an offer to the public. My reasons
follow.
- [291] First, it
is necessary to consider the context. Mako never intended to engage with the
public. I accept Mr Farmer told Ms Banks
that any investment in Mako was a high
risk technology investment and quite unlike any of her other investments. Mako
did not want
to be subject to the requirements of the Securities Act. That
intention is plainly apparent from the wording of the PPM which was
drafted
following advice
from both in-house and external legal advisors. Ms Keenan, providing legal
advice to Mako sent Mr Farmer an amended draft of the
PPM on 8 November 2010. In
her covering note she said she had:
“...reworded the qualifying paragraphs at the beginning of
the Private Placement Memorandum so that the document specifically
targets
investors that are excluded from being “members of the public” under
s 3(2)(1) of the Securities Act 1978.”
- [292] I accept
the wording was deliberate and for the express purpose of avoiding the
PPM’s classification as an offer of securities
to the
public.
- [293] I also
note this position is supported by contemporary correspondence between Mr Farmer
and Mr Banks. In an email dated 1 February
2011, Mr Farmer specifically noted
the difficulties in complying with Securities Act requirements and requested
that the original
proposal to equitise be deleted. Mr Banks responded on 3
February 2011 saying he was happy to delete the equity
option.
- [294] Secondly,
although a “section of the public” had in some ways been selected,
that is being the kind of investors
Mako wanted to attract (high net worth
individuals with investing experience), any members of that section of the
public would be
excluded from the definition of “public” by s
3(2)(a)(ii). It would be an odd result if I was to find that an offer
was given
to a section of the public on these criteria, only for the members of that
section of the public to be excluded by the
legislative
exception.
- [295] Section
3(2)(a)(iii) states as an exception to “the public” “any other
person who in all the circumstances
can properly be regarded as having been
selected otherwise than as a member of the public”. Such was the position
in Society of Lloyds where, as previously discussed, investors who could
have been considered a section of the public, were also excluded by the s
3(2)(a)(i)
exception for relatives and business
associates.
- [296] I consider
such a position exists here. Even if Ms Banks, along with the other investors at
the time, could be considered a
section of the public, I would find that they
were selected otherwise.
- [297] Thirdly, I
cannot accept that a single individual, engaged with privately in the
circumstances of this case as I have found
them, could conceivably be described
as a section of the public. While I accept Mr Johnson’s submission that
the definition
of an offer to the public may include an offer to just one
person, if the offer is not made to someone as a member of the public,
then
regardless of the number of offerees, there will still not be an offer to a
section of the public.37 Furthermore, that a single individual is
involved, while not determinative, does tend to support the inference the offer
was not one
made to the public.
- [298] Fourth,
there is no doubt an offer of securities was not made to individual members of
the public selected at random in terms
of s 3(1)(b). Mako had specific criteria
for the kind of investors it was looking for. These were set out in full at the
start of
the PPM and repeated in various forms throughout the document. There is
nothing random about who they were attempting to attract.
- [299] Fifth, no
advertisement was made by or on behalf of Mako that was “intended or
likely to result in the public seeking
further information or advice about any
investment opportunity or services” in terms of s
3(1)(c).
(c) Conclusion
- [300] I am
satisfied there was no offer of securities to the public which can be linked to
Agreement 1 or the first allotment of debt
security. It follows Mr Banks’
claim under the Securities Act in relation to Agreement 1 must
fail.
(d) Was Mr Banks a habitual
investor?
- [301] I have
found that there was no offer of securities to the public. In part, that finding
relies on the correctness of my conclusion
that any offer that might have been
made was between Mr Farmer and Ms Banks. However, even if I am wrong and any
such offer was to
Mr Banks, I am satisfied that at least one of the exceptions
in s 3(2) of the Securities Act applies. In particular, I am satisfied
that Mr
Banks was a person whose principal business was the investment of money or who,
in the course of and
37 Cathy Quinn and Peter Ratner “The Definition
of ‘The Public’” in Morison’s Company and Securities
Law (online loose-leaf ed, LexisNexis) at [7.5].
for the purpose of their business, habitually invest money.38 My
reasons for so concluding may be briefly stated.
- [302] First, Mr
Banks, throughout his dealings with Mr Farmer, held himself out as both
sophisticated and knowledgeable in business
and investment matters. There are
numerous examples of this throughout the email exchanges, particularly in those
between Mr Banks
and Mr Farmer in the months preceding the execution of
Agreement 1. The clear impression given by this correspondence when read in
its
totality is that Mr Farmer and Mr Banks were corresponding as equals. Both
exhibited a comfort in and familiarity with the use
of the technical investment
language and terms.
- [303] Secondly,
and relatedly, as has been discussed, Mr Banks did not use the services of a
qualified lawyer. Despite this, his correspondence
on the legal aspects of
protecting his position when negotiating Agreement 1 were relevant and to the
point. He plainly understood
his legal rights and the various options available
to him during the negotiations. In his correspondence with Mr Farmer he covered
the relevant points with an ability and insight consistent with one well used to
and experienced in investing.
- [304] Thirdly,
Mr Banks’ reference to the investment as being “a UK deal on my
books” infers the Mako investment
was one of a number. Other examples
include his statements about the exemptions given by the Inland Revenue
Department and his knowledge
of mechanisms to deal with exchange rate
fluctuations.
- [305] Fourthly,
Mr Banks lives off investment income. He has no other visible means of support.
He described himself as self-employed.
He spoke of administering the trusts from
which his substantial investment funds appear to have been derived. Certainly,
at the relevant
periods, he was in control of significant
funds.
38 Securities Act 1978, s 3(2)(a)(ii).
- [306] In a
document which bears an NZIS stamp dated 15 July 2010, which appears to have
been filed in support of Mr Banks’ immigration
application, the following
appears:
“3 Employment. I have not undertaken any employment
in NZ. However I do perform a lot of work in connection with the business
affairs of [redacted] and my family....
4 I have been computer literate since the age of 8. I have had
advanced computer skills since 16...
5 Business experience. Between 2000 and 2008 I helped manage a
property letting company business: the amount of work I did depended
largely on
whether I was studying. I dealt with advertising, tax, preparing spreadsheets
for the accountant, restructuring the business,
court proceedings as a result of
bad tenants, profit analysis, research (including investments and financial
products)... and editing legal documents.”
(emphasis added)
- [307] In
cross-examination Mr Banks attempted, albeit unconvincingly, to distance himself
from the document’s authorship suggesting,
as I understood him, it was a
document prepared by an immigration officer when plainly, having regard to other
personal information
it contains which only Mr Banks could have known, and the
repeated use of the first person singular, “I”, it was
not.
- [308] Fifthly,
Mako was not Mr Banks’ only significant investment during the period in
question. The very significant funds
he invested on the CMC and Vantage FX share
trading platforms support this conclusion. On that topic, his attempts to
falsely explain
away those investments as part of the Nuves research project by
producing false emails permits an adverse inference to be
drawn.
- [309] Sixth, cl
4(a) in Agreement 1 specifies:
“The Lender shall provide advice to the Borrower regarding
capital raising of the Borrower and shall provide financial advice
to the
Borrower as agreed between the Lender and the Borrower.”
- [310] On its
face, the inclusion of that clause indicates that Mr Banks believed that he had
relevant investment expertise he could
share with Mako and Mako believed that
the receipt of such advice would operate to its benefit.
- [311] Seventh,
in July 2010 Mr Banks invested over $1 million in debenture stock in Marac
Finance Ltd. This was just seven months
before Agreement 1. That Mr Banks’
memory in cross-examination was so vague in relation to this substantial deposit
supports
the inference that this was simply another large, but otherwise
unremarkable, investment in Mr Banks’ business life.
Agreement 2
(a) Factual circumstances
- [312] The
circumstances preceding Agreement 2 are quite different to those which preceded
Agreement 1. After the successful transfer
of funds under Agreement 1, contact
between Mr Banks and Mako reduced. Mr Banks explained that a collection of
meetings, telephone
calls and emails occurred over the intervening period of a
little over two years between Agreement 1 and Agreement 2. He says that
Mr
Farmer’s reports were always positive, containing “good news”
which made him feel confident about his investment.
- [313] Mr Banks
and Mr Farmer met on 8 March 2013. The following day Mr Banks emailed Mr Farmer,
indicating he would like to invest
more funds in Mako, and suggested terms for
the second Agreement:
“I would like to invest more in Mako (see attached). How
would you feel about the below conditions?
-New money will become debt tranches with similar terms to the
existing ones. Differing term: I won’t have the ability to withdraw
the
money.
-On a date chosen by you all tranches will have the latest
magnitudes calculated by one of us (using your formula, as discussed re
the
existing tranches), any GBP will be converted to NZD at the mid-market rate and
sum will be used to purchase discounted (if I
was to commit very early would I
be able to get 20%?) shares.
...”
- [314] Mr Farmer
responded on 11 March 2013 providing provisional views on Mr Banks’
proposed terms and setting out the plan
for the future in terms of documenting
confirmation of the conversion, putting the share transfer to the existing
shareholders for
ratification, listing the company and issuing the new public
shares.
- [315] Ms
Banks’ contact with Mr Farmer and her involvement in the Mako loans and
agreements also reduced after Agreement 1 had
been concluded. I accept Mr Banks
assumed a leading role during the period between the conclusion of Agreement 1
and the initial
discussions regarding Agreement 2. However, as discussed, Ms
Banks still maintained some influential presence.
- [316] On 15 and
31 May 2013, Mr Banks performed his part of Agreement 2 and advanced two
tranches of funds, £237,722.43 and £24,779.14
respectively.
- [317] A month
later on 30 June 2013 Agreement 2 was executed in writing.
(b) Analysis on Agreement 2
- [318] The
circumstances clearly reveal that no offer of securities to the public was made
by Mako prior to the second allotment under
Agreement 2. Agreement 2 was
concluded as a direct result of the pre-existing relationship between Mr and Ms
Banks and Mr Farmer.
- [319] I accept
that Mako was still looking to raise capital and attract investors at this
stage, but this was very much an ongoing
activity. There was no updated PPM, and
there is no evidence to suggest that Mako had changed its investment strategy to
engage with
members of the public. The conclusion is thus that the kind of
investors Mako was interested in remained the same; high net worth
individuals
with investing experience.
- [320] However, I
do note that there was a shift in Mako’s attitude toward equitisation.
Previously, equitisation was not a favoured
option for Mako. Mr Farmer had
suggested to Mr Banks that the proposed equitisation clause (originally
considered as part of Agreement
1) be deleted because of the challenging
Securities Act obligations it created for Mako. However, Cameron Partners had
advised Mako
to equitise its debt as a pre-requisite for any public listing.
This position is reflected in the addition of the equitisation clause
in
Agreement 2.
- [321] Regardless,
Agreement 2 came about through Ms Banks’ and Mr Banks’ existing
business relationship with Mr Farmer
and Mako. Mr Banks was the
party
who suggested a further investment; he was not approached by Mako or by Mr
Farmer. My findings in relation to Ms Banks and Mr Banks
not being members of
the public for the purposes of Agreement 1 also apply here.
- [322] I find
that no offer of securities was made to the public prior to the allotment of
securities by Agreement 2. Mr Banks’
claim under this allotment must also
fail.
Agreement 3
(a) Factual circumstances
- [323] As already
discussed, the months preceding this third and final transfer had been
challenging for Mako. Mako’s situation
was set out by Mr Farmer on 5
February 2014 in his email to all of Mako’s
shareholders.
- [324] Prior to
this advice, Mr Farmer had told Mr Banks on two occasions not to advance any
further funds due to the difficulties
Mako was then experiencing. In evidence Mr
Farmer said that in December 2013:
“Adam Banks and [Mr C] had offered to advance further
sums, but given the position that the company was in in December 2013,
I
contacted both of them and advised them not to advance any money
whatsoever...”
- [325] Against
this background, and in fact, despite of it, by April 2014 Mr Banks wished to
transfer more funds to Mako. Agreement
3 involved an advance of $500,000 on the
same terms as Agreement 2. Agreement 3 was not put in writing. On 4 April 2014
Mr Farmer
emailed Mr Banks, providing him with bank account details for
Mako’s New Zealand account. The final transfer of $500,000 to
Mako was
made on 24 April 2014 from the New Life Family Trust Account, confirmed in an
email by Mr Farmer thanking Mr Banks for the
transfer.
(b) Analysis on Agreement 3
- [326] I do not
accept that in late 2013, given Mako’s precarious financial position, the
refusal to accept additional funds
from investors and the lack of evidence to
suggest anything else, Mako would have made, or indeed did make, an offer of
securities
to the public.
- [327] In
relation to Agreement 3, the evidence is silent on who approached who first. If
Mr Banks approached Mr Farmer, as he did
prior to Agreement 2, then no offer
could have been made by Mako. If Mr Farmer approached Mr Banks seeking further
investment, he
did so because of the pre-existing relationship with Mr Banks.
Either way the investment was not made as a result of an offer to
the
public.
- [328] For these
reasons I find no offer of securities was made to the public prior to the
allotment of securities by Agreement 3.
Mr Banks’ claim under this
allotment must also fail.
Liability and relief?
- [329] The
plaintiff seeks orders under s 37(6) of the Securities Act that the defendants
as directors are jointly and severally liable
to repay the allotments to the
plaintiff in full with interest from the date of each
advance.
- [330] Given my
findings, none of the defendants is liable and no relief is available to Mr
Banks.
- [331] It is thus
not necessary for me to separately determine Mr Frederick’s liability in
respect of Agreement 1 under this
cause of
action.39
Conclusion on Securities Act claims
- [332] For
the reasons set out above, I do not accept any offers of securities to the
public were made prior to and in connection with
the three individual allotments
of securities, being Agreements 1, 2 and 3.
- [333] It follows
that the first cause of action under s 37 of the Securities Act must
fail.
39 This question arose because as at 4 February 2011,
when Agreement 1 was executed, Mr Frederick was not registered as a director.
However,
given his role as Board chairman and other functions within Mako
Holdings at that time, I would have found he was a director pursuant
to s 126(1)
of the Companies Act as at 4 February 2011.
THIRD CAUSE OF ACTION – BREACH OF DIRECTORS’ DUTIES
CLAIMS (COMPANIES ACT CLAIM)
Introduction
- [334] The third
cause of action is brought under s 301 of the Companies Act 1993. The plaintiff
alleges that the defendants breached
various directors’ duties under that
Act. Mr Banks seeks an order under s 301(1)(c) requiring the defendants to pay
him by
way of compensation a sum equal to the total amount he advanced to Mako.
That sum, including interest, is in the order of $5 million.
Alternatively, Mr
Banks seeks an order under s 301(1)(b) requiring the defendants to restore or
contribute
$29,897,00040 to Mako. A banning order under s 383(c)(iii) of the
Companies Act is also sought.
- [335] Specifically,
Mr Banks claims that the following duties were breached by the
directors:
(a) s 135 (reckless trading), that is not to agree, cause or
allow the business of the company to be carried on in a manner likely
to create
a substantial risk of serious loss to creditors;
(b) s 136 (improperly incurring obligations), that is not to
agree to incurring an obligation unless the director believes at that
time on
reasonable grounds that the company will be able to perform the obligation when
required to do so; and
(c) s 137 (failing to exercise skill and care), that is failing
to exercise the care, diligence and skill a reasonable director in
the same
circumstances would when exercising powers or performing duties.
- [336] Although
Mr Banks pleaded that the defendants breached their duty to act in good faith
and in the best interests of the company
in terms of s 131(1) of the Companies
Act,41 this was not pursued by the time of closing
submissions.
40 At [201] of Mr Farmer’s closing
submissions.
41 Amended statement of Claim of 18 April 2019, at [111] and
[112].
Notwithstanding, Mr Johnson submits that aspects of the particulars under this
head remain relevant and applicable to the other alleged
breaches. These include
the following:
(a) misrepresenting the financial position of Mako;
(b) allowing Mako to incur significant debt obligations which
created a substantial risk of serious loss to creditors;
(c) restructuring the Telecom liability in 2013; and
(d) failing to put Mako’s interests ahead of their
personal interests as directors and shareholders.
- [337] These are
all allegations which are central issues engaged in and relevant to the other
duties particularly those under ss 135
and 137.
- [338] I address
the third cause of action under the following headings:
(a) setting out a summary of the plaintiff’s case;
(b) providing background context regarding the Board and its
decision- making processes;
(c) addressing the extent to which the defendants may rely on
professional and other advice under s 138;
(d) explaining the policy rationale for director’s duties
in an insolvency context;
(e) assessing each of the alleged breaches of duty in turn;
and
(f) determining whether relief is available under s 301.
The plaintiff’s case in summary
- [339] Mr
Johnson summarises the plaintiff’s position under the Companies Act cause
of action in the following way:
(a) the defendants should have caused Mako to cease trading in
June 2013, at the very latest. After that date, they traded recklessly.
In doing
so, they breached s 135 of the Companies Act;
(b) the defendants entered into contractual obligations with Mr
Banks when, at the time each agreement was entered into, they had
no reasonable
grounds to believe Mako could repay Mr Banks when required to do so. In doing
so, they breached s 136 of the Companies
Act;
(c) the defendants’ conduct in various respects breached s
137 of the Companies Act;
(d) the defendants did not follow the advice that they received
from advisors, nor did they call their advisors to give evidence,
meaning that
in terms of s 138 they cannot rely on that advice as a defence. An adverse
inference should be drawn as to what their
advisors would have said had they
been called as witnesses; and
(e) the above breaches should be remedied by ordering the
defendants to compensate Mr Banks directly.
- [340] Before I
turn to consider each of the alleged statutory breaches, it is necessary to make
some preliminary factual findings
and observations.
The Board and its decision-making processes
The
Board
- [341] In
discussing whether the directors of Mako were in breach of their duties, it is
helpful to preface this with some observations
about the company, its Board and
how
it operated. In my view, given the nature of the company and its business, the
Board, while relatively small in number, was comprised
of an appropriate and
complementary mix of skill sets and experience.
- [342] The Board
consisted of five members. Three, Messrs Farmer, Gamble and Massam were
executive directors who had been connected
to the business from its inception in
or around 2002. The other two, Messrs Frawley and Frederick, were appointed in
mid-2010 as
independent, non-executive directors.
- [343] Mr Farmer
was appointed executive director and CEO. As earlier discussed, his commercial
experience is what led Messrs Gamble,
Massam and Monk to invite him to join Mako
and take a shareholding. Mr Farmer was responsible for the day-to- day
management of the
business. He negotiated contracts, obtained and implemented
professional advice, sourced investors and liaised with shareholders
and
investors.
- [344] Mr Gamble
was a co-founder and executive director of Mako. With extensive IT experience
and following his move to the United
States, he was predominantly involved in
Mako’s marketing and sales, particularly in North America. He provided
something of
a bridge between the technical side of the business and sales and
marketing.
- [345] Mr Massam
was also a co-founder and executive director of Mako. Originally a software
developer, Mr Massam’s role was
to manage the Mako system, oversee PCI-DSS
compliance and report to the Board on technical matters impacting the
business.
- [346] The
qualifications and experience of Messrs Frawley and Frederick have also been
discussed at [66] to [70].
- [347] It was
suggested in evidence and submissions that Mr Frederick was not an independent
director.42 However, until Mr Frawley resigned in late December 2013,
neither he nor Mr Frederick held shares nor were they involved in any active
way
in
42 Mr Killick, an expert called by the plaintiff,
suggested that Mr Frederick was not independent because he was a
shareholder.
Mako’s day-to-day operations. After Mr Frawley resigned, Mr Frederick
advanced his own funds to support Mako over the period
of its negotiations with
Telecom Rentals. The loan was equitised. Thus, at least until the end of 2013,
the Board included two non-executive,
independent directors.
Board discussions at
meetings
- [348] Meetings
of the Board were monthly, usually by way of telephone conference given that
Messrs Frederick and Gamble were resident
in the United States. The CFO was also
usually in attendance. Minutes were maintained and
circulated.
- [349] The Board
discussions, as recorded in the minutes, broadly reflected the responsibilities
and skill sets of the individual
directors. Thus, for example, Mr
Farmer tended to report on strategic and financial issues, Mr Gamble on
marketing and sales
and Mr Massam on technical and compliance issues. The
independent directors were also active in Board discussions. The minutes are
peppered with interjections and observations from Messrs Frederick and Frawley
which, to a considerable extent, reflect their particular
backgrounds and
experience. For example, Mr Frederick frequently tested the basis for the
marketing and pipeline assessments while
Mr Frawley tended to focus on issues of
compliance. There are numerous examples of both throughout the
minutes.
- [350] Board
resolutions were carried unanimously. Although competing views were exchanged,
occasionally robustly, decisions tended
to be reached by consensus. In perusing
the minutes, I did not encounter any resolution which was not subscribed to by
all directors.
- [351] Although
the minutes, from time to time, referred to Mr Banks and his investments, only
Mr Farmer ever had direct dealings with
him.
- [352] I next
address the extent to which the defendants might access the affirmative defence
of reliance on advice under s 138 of
the Companies Act in relation to all the
claims for breach of statutory duty.
Adverse inferences and the affirmative defence of reliance on
advice
- [353] Section
138 of the Companies Act recognises that directors, in undertaking their duties,
are entitled to rely on professional
advice. The section provides an affirmative
defence to a claim of breach of statutory duty by excusing a director who relies
on information
provided or advice given by an employee, professional advisor or
fellow director and who acts in good faith, makes proper enquiries
and has no
knowledge that such reliance is unwarranted. It is for the director to establish
the defence. Thus, a director seeking
to rely on the defence is required to
adduce evidence establishing the nature and scope of the advice and the
circumstances justifying
the directors’ reliance on the
advice.43
- [354] Mr Johnson
submits that because the defendants did not call evidence from their
professional advisors, I should draw an adverse
inference that had they done so,
their evidence would not have assisted them.
- [355] An adverse
inference of the sort Mr Johnson submits I should draw, may be made where such a
witness is in the “camp”
of one party such that it would have been
natural for that party to call the witness.44
- [356] The
defendants have pleaded s 138 as an affirmative defence to the third cause of
action.45 Specifically, they claim they are entitled to rely on the
expert advice given by Mako’s employees, professional advisors, experts
and other directors. They also claim reliance on the advice of their accountants
and auditors, legal advisors, investment bankers
and other financial
advisors.
- [357] Mr Johnson
lists the advisors he submits the defendants ought to have called as including
Mr McGregor (the CFO), Mr Frawley,
Cameron Partners, Deloitte, Bell Gully
(including Mr Tingey), McLean Law, Mr Weldon and Mr
Sidorenko.
43 Morgenstern v Jeffreys [2014] NZCA 449,
(2014) 11 NZCLC 98-024 at [76].
44 At [78].
45 Statement of defence to amended statement of claim dated 18
April 2019, dated 17 June 2019 at [152]-[154].
- [358] I am not
prepared to reject the defence, to the limited extent it was relied upon, nor
draw any adverse inferences against the
defendants. My reasons
follow.
- [359] Mr Johnson
refers me to the Court of Appeal’s observations in Morgenstern v
Jeffreys.46 However, the present case is very different. Mr
Morgenstern claimed that he relied on the advice he received from his
accountants
to repay his overdrawn current account by selling his shares on
the basis of a feasibility study. In doing so, Mr Morgenstern
gave oral
hearsay evidence that he relied on what he claimed his advisors told him to
that effect. At first instance, Rodney
Hansen J, held that if Mr
Morgenstern wished to rely on the advice as a defence, he was required to call
evidence from those advisors
and in the absence of doing so, the Court was
entitled to draw an adverse inference. The Court of Appeal
agreed.
- [360] In
contrast, the contemporaneous documentary record relied on by all parties in
this case, including professional advice, has
been produced and commented upon
by the relevant witnesses, not only Messrs Banks, Farmer, Gamble and Massam, but
also the expert
witnesses. The documentary record speaks for itself. In material
respects, the documents and the statements contained within them
were relied on
by the plaintiff to support his case, particularly in relation to the third
cause of action. Others, both internally
and externally, form part of the
essential narrative. Some, such as Mr Tingey’s advice, were admissible on
a limited basis;
not as the truth of their contents, but rather as evidence of
statements which informed or otherwise caused the defendants to act
in a
particular way.
- [361] I accept
that the two Norcal reports authored by Mr Sidorenko were heavily relied on by
the directors and thus fall into a different
category. However, even the
plaintiff’s own expert, Mr Fisk, described the Norcal Pipeline Assessment
as a very thorough appraisal
of the market, a description which Mr Bridgman also
agreed with. Indeed, it was the detail of Mr Sidorenko’s reasons and
methodology
which permitted the plaintiff’s experts to comment on the
reliability of the information the defendants relied on. Finally,
and relatedly,
I do not detect any material prejudice to the plaintiff’s case caused by
the defendants’ advisors not
being available for
cross-examination.
46 Morgenstern v Jeffreys [2014] NZCA 449,
(2014) 11 NZCLC 98-024.
Indeed, Mr Johnson did not point me to any aspect of the plaintiff’s case
which has been compromised by his inability to
test the defendants’
advisors’ evidence. Mr Johnson was able to, and did, make effective and
cogent submissions
in support of Mr Banks’ case on the face of the
documents themselves.
- [362] I have
come to a similar conclusion in respect of Mr Frawley. There was some suggestion
that Mr Frawley had been summonsed by
the plaintiff, but was, apparently,
unavailable to attend the hearing due to a pre-existing commitment. Despite
this, Mr Johnson
says the defendants should have called him. Again, this is not
the sort of situation where the Court’s comments in Morgenstern
apply. As I set out earlier in this judgment, Mr Frawley’s views and
opinions are captured in the contemporaneous documentary
record, mostly in the
form of emails and Board minutes. It is difficult to imagine what additional
advantage there would have been
to either party had he been called as a witness.
For the plaintiff, Mr Frawley was portrayed by experts and counsel alike as
reflecting
the standard required by the Companies Act of the reasonable and
prudent director in the circumstances. The defendants’ response
is that if
that is the case, Mr Frawley was a party to the actions of his fellow directors
up to the moment of his resignation in
December 2013. Thus up to that point, at
the earliest, and on the plaintiff’s own case, the actions of the
directors cannot
be faulted on the plaintiff’s own case. It is thus
difficult to see what prejudice there was to either party arising from the
fact
that Mr Frawley was not called as a witness.
- [363] I next
turn to address the policy rationale for directors’ duties in an
insolvency context, and the application of those
duties to the
present.
Policy rationale for directors’ duties in an insolvency
context
- [364] Before
determining whether the defendants were in breach of any of the ss 135 to 137
duties, I first set out the policy rationale
for directors’ duties under
the Companies Act in an insolvency context. This background is instructive when
considering the
application of the relevant duties in this
case.
- [365] Directors’
duties were codified in the Companies Act to draw together the various duties
found in the common law and scattered
throughout disparate parts
of
the Companies Act 1955.47 The purpose of imposing on directors
duties, is to constrain for the benefit of shareholders, creditors, and the
company entity itself
what would otherwise be directors’ unfettered
control of the company.
- [366] The long
title to the Companies Act states, inter alia, that the Companies Act
reaffirms the value of the company as a means of achieving economic and social
benefits through the aggregation of capital for productive
purposes, the
spreading of economic risk, and the taking of business risks; and encourages the
efficient and responsible management
of companies by allowing directors a wide
discretion in matters of business judgement while at the same time providing
protection
for shareholders and creditors against the abuse of management power.
Directors’ duties are not intended to prevent the taking
of legitimate
business risks or constrain genuine business judgement,48 but rather
to protect shareholders and creditors against illegitimate abuses of
directors’ powers.
- [367] Prior to
the enactment of the Companies Act, the Law Commission referred to the need for
companies to take business risks (in the context of the duty to avoid reckless
trading):49
“In the course of restating the
liability of directors for reckless trading as part of their general duties
during a company's
life, we have concluded that section 320 goes too far towards
inhibiting the use of the company form as the vehicle for the taking
of business
risk. A company may be legitimately formed to embark on a speculative or very
risky venture, or may undertake such a
venture later. The chance of failure
—and the prize for success —may be high. Indeed success may greatly
benefit the
community. Section 2 of the draft Act recognises this as an
important function of the limited liability company.”
- [368] The policy
rationale for the duties under ss 135 and 136 overlap to the extent that they
both protect against directors taking
illegitimate risks at the expense
of
47 Law Commission Company Law: Reform and
Restatement (NZLC R9, 1989) at [504].
48 See for example Madsen Ries v Cooper [2020] NZSC 100,
(2020) 29 NZTC 24-088 at [69] per Glazebrook J commenting that “[t]here
has been much criticism of the current wording of s 135 and its deviation from
the
wording recommended by the Law Commission. One of the main concerns is the
extent to which s 135 may inhibit taking ordinary and
legitimate business risks.
This is particularly acute for businesses that might be high risk but have the
potential for high return
commensurate with the risk. Another issue arises with
regard to companies that might be having temporary financial difficulties and
whether in such circumstances it is legitimate to continue trading and, if so,
for how long.” I consider that Mako is the kind
of company contemplated in
this passage.
49 Law Commission Company Law: Reform and Restatement (NZLC
R9, 1989) at [516].
shareholders and creditors. Sections 135 and 136 are calculated to encourage
directors not to exacerbate the indebtedness of their
company once it becomes
insolvent and, at the same time, to provide some compensation for the body of
creditors where this occurs.50
- [369] Unlike
shareholders who have some control over the degree of risk they will permit
directors to take with their funds, creditors
have no such control. They do not
appoint the directors. As the Court of Appeal recently observed in Yan v
Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq)
(“Mainzeal”), there are “significant information
asymmetries between the directors of a company and its
creditors”.51
- [370] The
directors of an insolvent company or one which is on the threshold of
insolvency, may face “perverse incentives”
in relation to risk
taking.52 Once the shareholders’ funds are depleted, the
downside of business risk will be borne by the creditors, not the shareholders.
But the upside, if the risk pays off and the company makes gains which bring it
back into positive territory, will be enjoyed by
the shareholders. So, the worse
the position of the company, the greater the incentive for the directors and
shareholders to “gamble
on the doorstep of
insolvency”.53
- [371] The Court
of Appeal in Mainzeal observed that from the perspective of creditors,
there are two broad types of harm that may be caused by a directors’
decision
to continue trading while a company is insolvent or near insolvency.
These are:54
“(a) Harm to existing creditors:
where a company trades on, but shareholder funds are exhausted, the
company is in effect trading on capital provided by the company’s
existing
creditors. If the company makes losses, these losses will be borne by the
existing creditors who would otherwise have received
a higher dividend in the
company’s liquidation, had it stopped earlier. The loss they suffer is the
difference between the
payment they would have received in an earlier
liquidation, and the payment they receive in the eventual liquidation;
(b) Harm to new creditors: new creditors, who would not
have been exposed to the company if the company went into liquidation at an
earlier date, may deal with
the company and suffer losses in the eventual
liquidation. And existing creditors may extend further credit,
50 Peter Watts Directors’ Powers and Duties
(2nd ed, LexisNexis, Wellington, 2015) at [10.2.1].
51 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq)
[2021] NZCA 99 at [230].
52 At [21].
53 At [231].
54 At [233].
increasing their exposure to the company. For these creditors, the loss
caused by the company trading on is the whole of their new
exposure to the
company, less any payments received before liquidation or in the eventual
liquidation.”
- [372] Existing
creditors may object to the directors’ decision to continue trading on the
basis that the assets of the company
are, in effect, the assets of the
creditors.55 Continued trading in these circumstances may risk
depleting those assets at the creditors’
expense.56
- [373] The policy
concern for new creditors is that the directors have permitted the company to
obtain funds from new creditors where
dealing with the insolvent company
involved a significant risk for those creditors.57 If the company is
already insolvent and the directors know this, but the creditors do not,
extending credit to the company falls outside
the normal range of risks the
creditors accept when they deal with limited liability
companies.58
- [374] The Court
of Appeal considered that there was no policy reason for concern about the
position of a creditor who had been provided
adequate information about the
company’s financial position which accurately portrayed the risk of
extending credit, and bargained
for terms reflecting that risk.59 The
policy concern arises if the risk faced by creditors is outside the normal and
acceptable range, and the relevant creditors are
not aware of
this.60
- [375] I must
also pay heed to William Young J’s comments in Re South Pacific
Shipping Ltd (in liq), where he said in relation to s 135
that:61
“As drafted the section is capable of misapplication by
commercially inexperienced but cautious Judges bringing hindsight judgment
to
bear in circumstances very different from those which confronted the directors
whose actions are challenged.”
55 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [236].
56 At [236].
57 At [236].
58 At [236].
59 At [237].
60 At [237].
61 Re South Pacific Shipping Ltd (in liq) (2004) 9 NZCLC
263,570 (HC) at [128(4)].
- [376] Against
that background, I turn now to consider each of the alleged statutory
breaches.
Section 135 – Reckless trading
Legal
principles
- [377] Section
135 provides as follows:
“135 Reckless trading
A director of a company must not—
(a) agree to the business of the company being carried on in a
manner likely to create a substantial risk of serious loss to the
company’s
creditors; or
(b) cause or allow the business of the company to be carried on
in a manner likely to create a substantial risk of serious loss to
the
company’s creditors.”
- [378] In
Mainzeal, the Court of Appeal set out the obligations of a director under
the s 135 duty. The two questions raised by s 135
are:62
(a) whether the business of the company was being carried on in
a manner likely to create a substantial risk of serious loss to the
company’s creditors; and
(b) if so, whether the directors agreed or allowed the business
of the company to be carried out in that manner.
- [379] The Court
of Appeal elaborated that a creditors’ exposure to loss must be a serious
one.63 The risk of that loss eventuating must be substantial, which
in this context means “large”.64 Furthermore, it must be
the way in which the business of the company is being carried on that is likely
to create that large risk
of loss. “Likely” in the context of s 135
means “more likely than not”.65
62 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [258].
63 At [259(a)].
64 At [259(b)].
65 At [259(c)].
- [380] In other
words, the question is whether the business of the company is being carried out
in a manner that is more likely than
not to create a large or significant risk
of a serious (rather than minor) loss to the company’s
creditors.66
- [381] What is
expected of a reasonable director was described by the Court in the following
terms:67
“[262] ...We consider that s 135 sets an
objective boundary, beyond which the scope for directors take business risks is
significantly
curtailed. Whether that boundary has been crossed should be
assessed by reference to the information that was available or should
have been
available to the director, acting reasonably. A failure to make enquiries that a
reasonable director would have made, or
seek advice that a reasonable director
would have sought, will not protect a director from liability for breach of s
135. This approach
leaves proper scope for the exercise of business judgement by
directors who are acting reasonably in the performance of their
responsibilities.
- [263] Thus, as
this Court said in Mason v Lewis, what is required when a company enters
troubled financial waters is a “sober assessment” by the directors,
of an on-going
character, as to the company’s likely future income and
prospects.
- [264] ...If
continued trading is expected to result in a deficit, it is not open to
directors to trade on in the hope that the deficit
will be
reduced.”
(footnotes omitted)
- [382] The Court
of Appeal referred to the observations of O’Regan J in Fatupaito v
Bates, where his Honour said:68
“[67] ...I think that the position in relation to s 135,
when read together with s 301 is as follows:
- Section 135
imposes a duty which is owed by a director to the company rather than to any
particular creditor;
- The test is an
objective one;
- Although the law
reform process makes it difficult to illicit any legislative intent in relation
to the wording of s 135, it appears
to impose a stringent duty on directors to
avoid substantial risks of serious loss to creditors and does not appear to
allow for
such risks to be incurred, even in circumstances where the potential
for great reward exists;
- In situations
where a company has little or no equity (as is the case here), the directors
will need to consider very carefully whether
continuing to
66 At [260].
67 At [262].
68 Fatupaito v Bates [2001] NZHC 401; [2001] 3 NZLR 386 (HC) at [67].
trade has realistic prospects of generating cash which will allow for the
servicing of pre-existing debt and the meeting of commitments
which such trading
will inevitably attract. As Anderson J said, the reference to “substantial
risk” and “serious
loss” does appear to set a higher standard
than simply any risk at all to creditors which must be inevitable where a
company
is operating at a loss and has few, if any, realisable assets;
- Where a breach
of the duty is found, the assessment of the amount to be paid by a director
under s 301 should be “neither more
nor less than that [directors] just
deserts” (sic).”
- [383] Recognising
that the decision whether or not to trade on is “difficult and
complex”,69 the Court of Appeal referred to the dictum of
William Young J in Re South Pacific Shipping Ltd (in liq), when he
stated:70
“No-one suggests that a company must cease trading the
moment it becomes insolvent (in a balance sheet sense). Such cessation
of
business may inflict serious loss on creditors and, where there is a probability
of salvage, such loss may fairly be regarded
as unnecessary. The cases, however,
make it perfectly clear that there are limits to the extent to which directors
can trade companies
while they are insolvent (in a balance sheet sense...) in
the hope that things will improve. In most of the cases, the time allowance
has
been limited, a matter of months.”
- [384] Drawing
these threads together, the Court of Appeal observed that where a company is in
a precarious financial position, the
following principles
apply:71
“[269] ...it seems to us that where a company is in a
precarious financial position:
(a) The directors must squarely face up to that financial
situation and assess the risk of a serious loss to creditors.
(b) If continuing to trade in a “business as usual”
manner is likely to create a significant risk of serious loss to creditors,
trading on in that manner is not permitted.
(c) A decision to trade on should be made only after undertaking
a sober assessment of the likely consequences of doing so. Unfounded
optimism is
not enough.
(d) A decision to trade on, rather than take immediate steps to
cease trading, is likely to breach s 135 unless the manner in which
the
directors chose to trade on has realistic prospects of enabling the company both
to service pre-existing debt and to meet the
new commitments which such trading
will inevitably attract. It is not enough that there is a realistic prospect
that
69 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [266].
70 Re South Pacific Shipping Ltd (in liq) (2004) 9 NZCLC
263,570 (HC) at [125(3)].
71 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq)
[2021] NZCA 99 [269].
existing creditors will be paid by substituting new creditors, who in turn
will face a substantial risk of serious loss. Section 135
does not condone a
policy of robbing Peter to pay Paul, on the condition that Peter’s losses
are exceeded by Paul’s gains.
[270] If, following a sober assessment of the likely
consequences of trading on, it appears that a return to solvency is unlikely,
it
is not open to the directors of a company to trade on while attempting to rescue
all or part of the business. They must either
cease trading or take steps to
appoint an administrator under pt 15A of the Act to seek to rescue all or part
of the company’s
business.”
- [385] In order
to apply the section in a sensible way, it has generally been accepted that s
135 must be interpreted in a way which
penalises only illegitimate risk
taking.72 There are several relevant factors in determining whether a
business risk is legitimate or illegitimate, including:
(a) the nature of a company’s trading operations and its
state of maturity;
(b) the preparedness of directors to introduce their own funds
as capital into the business to ensure it continues to trade;73
and
(c) creditors’ knowledge and support for the focal risk.
William Young J phrased the question as, “Was the risk understood
by those
whose funds were in peril?”74 His Honour further commented that
it would be contrary to the principles of limited liability to find directors
liable where risks
which were recognised by creditors have
crystallised.75
- [386] The Court
of Appeal in Cooper v Debut Homes Ltd (in liq) affirmed the principle
that directors do not become liable under s 135 simply because they continue to
trade after a company becomes
insolvent.76 A Court is not to assess
the risk of a particular transaction ignoring the upside to the business.77
It is the risk and loss to the company as a whole.78 The risk
must be considered with the potential advantage
72 Re South Pacific Shipping Ltd (in liq)
(2004) 9 NZCLC 263,570 (HC) at [127] and [130].
73 Jordan v O’Sullivan HC Wellington
CIV-2004-485-2611, 13 May 2008 at [254].
74 Re South Pacific Shipping Ltd (in liq) (2004) 9 NZCLC
263,570 (HC) at [125].
75 At [125]. See also Petros Development Ltd (in liq); Re
Advanced Plastics Ltd v Harnett HC Auckland CIV-2003-404-0633, 15 December
2004; and Cool Cars (Wholesale) Ltd (in liq) v Sharma (aka Kumar) [2014]
NZHC 583.
76 Cooper v Debut Homes Ltd (in liq) [2019] NZCA 39, [2019]
3 NZLR 57 at [31]- [33].
77 At [31].
78 At [31].
of the proposed action to the company and an assessment of how likely it is that
the advantage will be enjoyed.79 Potential downsides must be
considered against potential upsides “...otherwise the purpose of
encouraging efficient and responsible
management of companies in leaving
directors a wide discretion in matters of business judgement will be
defeated”.80 The Court of Appeal observed that this section
must be interpreted in light of its purpose, that is consistent with the long
title
expressly recognising, as appropriate in the management of a company, the
taking of business risks by allowing directors a wide discretion
in matters of
business judgment.81 Caution must be exercised to avoid bringing
hindsight judgement to bear in circumstances which do not fully and
realistically comprehend
the difficult commercial choices facing
directors.82
- [387] Relatedly,
Tompkins J, speaking extra-judicially, noted that if the risk of loss is
reasonably balanced by the prospect of gain,
the risk could not be characterised
as substantial.83 In assessing the degree of risk, the Courts are
likely to take an attitude which is commercially realistic. The two words of
emphasis
in the phrase “a substantial risk of serious loss” support
the view that a Court is unlikely to consider a director in
breach of that duty
if the risk of loss created is commensurate with the likelihood of
profit.
Plaintiff ’s
submissions
- [388] Mr
Johnson, while accepting that there can be no dispute that Mako’s product
had potential, submits the directors failed
to put Mako in a position in which
it could realise that potential. They overburdened the company with very high
levels of debt which
prevented it from accessing adequate capital to support
growth. Despite being advised by various professionals that this was the
case,
the directors continued to trade and accumulate further debt while never being
able to obtain the necessary levels of capital.
Instead, the directors continued
to trade in the hope that Mako could bring in new business. They failed to carry
out a robust and
ongoing analysis of whether
79 At [33].
80 At [33].
81 At [33].
82 At [33].
83 D Tompkins “Directing the Directors: The Duties of
Directors under the Companies Act 1993” [1994] WkoLawRw 2; (1994) 2 Wai L Rev 13 at [27].
potential sales opportunities were, in fact, likely to be obtained on favourable
terms within acceptable timeframes and whether they
would deliver sufficient
returns. They did not properly consider whether Mako could, in fact, deliver on
these opportunities profitably
within realistic timeframes given the
company’s working capital constraints and accumulating losses and
debts.
- [389] Mr Johnson
submits that this is a typical case of reckless trading evidenced by the
following:
(a) that Mako, as a group, was balance sheet insolvent from 30
June 2012 at the latest. The directors knew this and to remedy it,
decided to
book future revenue on Mako’s contract with Phoenix. They knew that the
business was under-capitalised and were
constantly looking for funds to meet the
shortfall. Assessing that on a group basis, the directors traded in
circumstances where
there was a serious risk of substantial loss to creditors
from this point. If the Mako companies were liquidated, there would be
a
significant deficit of assets. There was, clearly, a systemic policy to
“trade while insolvent”; and
(b) there is no evidence that the defendants made any sober
assessment of Mako’s prospects when viewed against the group’s
insolvency.
- [390] I thus
turn to the first question which is whether Mako was insolvent and, if so, when.
The relevance of solvency is that defendants
will be in breach of the s 135 duty
if they continued to trade too far beyond the point of Mako becoming insolvent
and thereby created
the likelihood of a significant risk of serious loss to
creditors.
Was Mako insolvent at any point
during its trading history?
- [391] As
discussed, the solvency test under s 4(1) of the Companies Act has two limbs. A
company must satisfy both to be solvent.
The first limb is cashflow solvency,
which requires the company to be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the
normal course
of business.84 The second limb is balance sheet
solvency, which requires the
84 Companies Act 1993, s 4(1)(a).
value of the company’s assets to be greater than the value of its
liabilities, including contingent liabilities.85 I shall first
discuss the question of balance sheet insolvency before examining the issue of
cashflow insolvency.
(a) Was Mako ever balance sheet
insolvent and, if so, when?
- [392] Section
4(1)(b) of the Companies Act provides that to be balance sheet solvent, the
value of a company’s assets must be
greater than the value of its
liabilities, including contingent liabilities. When determining the value of a
contingent liability,
account may be taken of the likelihood of a contingency
occurring.86
- [393] Mr
Fisk,87 one of three experts called for Mr Banks, expressed the view
that the Mako group was balance sheet insolvent from June 2012 and that
Mako
Holdings was insolvent from June 2013. Mr Hussey,88 called for the
defendants, criticised Mr Fisk’s approach on the basis it did not
consider whether the value of the Mako business
might have been such that the
group, and thus Mako Holdings, was not balance sheet insolvent. In particular,
he stressed the need
to include the value of the intangible assets.
Interestingly Mr Fisk in cross-examination accepted that if Mako had gone into
liquidation
at this point, Mr Banks may well have lost
everything.
- [394] Mr Hussey
further explained that the valuation process takes revenues (either historical
or future) and multiplies it by a factor
(normally calculated by comparison with
other businesses operating in a similar market) to derive an enterprise value.
The enterprise
value is the value of the core business assets net of trade
creditors. Equity value is debt subtracted from the enterprise value
(exclusive
of trade creditors).
- [395] In a joint
expert statement prepared by Mr Fisk and Mr Hussey before the trial, Mr Fisk
stated that balance sheet solvency was
better addressed by another expert
retained by the plaintiff, Mr Bridgman.89 Mr Bridgman concluded that
the equity value of Mako as at June 2013 was most unlikely to exceed the
deficiency in the
85 Section 4(1)(b).
86 Section 4(4)(a).
87 Mr Fisk is a chartered accountant and Wellington Managing
Partner of PwC.
88 Mr Hussey is a chartered accountant and principal and sole
director of Hussey & Associates Ltd (a charted accounting practice
trading
as Hussey & Co).
89 Mr Bridgman is a chartered accountant and Auckland Partner of
PwC specialising in corporate finance and restructuring.
group’s net tangible assets and that consequently, there was no value
attributable to the shareholders’ equity. The group
would therefore be
unable to satisfy the balance sheet limb of the solvency test.
- [396] Mr
Bridgman’s principal reason for this divergence of view with Mr Hussey is
that he could not see how Mr Sidorenko in
his Norcal Marketing Report of 15
March 2013 could assign Mako a value of between eight and 10 times its revenue
when calculating
the enterprise value, given the modest size of Mako’s
business and its steadily declining revenue trajectory.
- [397] Despite
this, Mr Bridgman did not, himself, carry out a valuation of Mako. His focus was
on the multiples adopted in the Norcal
Marketing Report and the solvency paper.
Mr Bridgman accepted in cross-examination that the likelihood of Mako realising
business
prospects at the relevant times was relevant to an assessment of value,
but he had not carried out the necessary analysis to determine
the effect of
Mako’s prospects on its valuation.
- [398] It is
helpful in this part of the discussion to remember the purpose for which Mr
Sidorenko was instructed by the directors.
At the time, in early 2013, Mako was
contemplating the possibility of an IPO. As previously noted, Mr Farmer
and Mr Gamble
had met Mr Sidorenko in the United States. His qualifications for
the task are set out at footnote 7 above. Mr Sidorenko undertook
a comprehensive
market analysis of the United States and global markets for Mako products and
solutions in network security, management
and monitoring. In explaining the
approach to his analysis to Mr Farmer, Mr Sidorenko said that because Mako was
anticipating expanding
into the United States market over the following three to
five years he had focused on Mako’s potential in that region, but
as Mako
also had a global footprint and expected to expand its business globally, he had
made “...every effort to include a
global perspective where
possible”.
- [399] The
multiples required to find that the Mako group was balance sheet solvent during
the relevant period are significantly
lower than those assessed by
Mr Sidorenko.
- [400] Properly
and responsibly, Mr Bridgman accepted during cross-examination
that:
(a) it was not possible to infer with any degree of precision
the value of Mako’s international business by reference to
the sale
of its New Zealand-based business operations to Telecom in February 2014;
(b) the Norcal Pipeline Report of 1 July 2013 represented a very
thorough appraisal of the relevant market and pipeline;
(c) the purchaser of a business pays for future revenue rather
than historic earnings and that a company’s value comes from
its future
prospects;
(d) smaller companies are able to grow more than larger
companies which might justify higher forward multiples for the former,
reflecting
their growth prospects; and
(e) the average revenue multiple of the companies he reviewed
almost perfectly matched those calculated in the Norcal Marketing Report.
- [401] Mr
Bridgman’s responses in cross-examination were consistent with applying a
multiple of at least five to Mako’s
historical revenues and 2.5 to
Mako’s future projected revenues. This is broadly consistent with Mr
Hussey’s calculations.
It follows that Mako was balance sheet solvent
during its trading history.
(b) Was Mako cashflow insolvent
and, if so, when?
- [402] Section
4(1)(a) of the Companies Act provides that a company is cashflow solvent where
it is “able to pay its debts as
they become due in the normal course of
business”.
- [403] Both Mr
Fisk and Mr Hussey agreed that Mako was cashflow insolvent from the point that
Telecom Rentals withdrew its funding
facility in December 2013. The difference
between them is that Mr Fisk was of the view that Mako never returned to
cashflow solvency
after that point. In contrast, Mr Hussey expressed the opinion
that
Mako Holdings returned to solvency after the Telecom Rentals debt was
restructured in February 2014. Mr Hussey was of the view that
the new business
which had been won by Mako was sufficiently significant to affect the assessment
of cashflow solvency. Mr Fisk disagreed
with this because, in his view, cashflow
solvency is the ability of a company to meet its debts as they fall due and
future, potential
new business will not change a company’s solvency, but
may carry weight in determining the reasonableness of a director’s
decision to continue to trade while insolvent.
- [404] Mr
Hollyman is critical of Mr Fisk’s approach. He submits that his
interpretation of the cashflow limb of the solvency
test is “extreme and
would render many successful businesses cashflow insolvent”. He suggested
it was a commercially
unrealistic interpretation and in his cross-examination of
Mr Fisk, pointed to various examples of businesses which rely on forward,
but
unconfirmed, contracts to satisfy the business owner that their enterprise is
able to pay its debts as they fall due.
- [405] In my
view, little turns on this distinction. The question in this case is whether the
directors had reasonable grounds to believe
they would be able to meet future
debts as they fell due through future revenue. Because the fortunes and
prospects of any commercial
enterprise will fluctuate over time, as they did
with Mako, it is necessary to consider Mako’s cashflow solvency across its
trading history.
- [406] As set out
earlier, throughout much of 2013, the directors undertook a going concern
analysis as part of each monthly meeting.
Mr Frawley was actively involved in
these discussions, as were his fellow directors. At the December 2013 meeting,
which Mr Frawley
attended, the question of whether Mako could continue to trade
was discussed:
“Mr Farmer indicated that if the company was placed into
any form of insolvency the company’s contracts would be void
and
infrastructure support would not be able to continue operating which would in
turn lead [to a] system failure and risk operation
at SecureMe. It will also
effectively destroy any value the company had.
Directors considered alternatives to accelerate business cash in
flows and to reduce costs. Mr Farmer would review non-essential employee
costs
in an effort to reduce cost.”
- [407] The
Telecom Rentals debt restructure is a critical point in Mako’s trading
history because it provided Mako with a two
year debt holiday. The plaintiff
alleges that Mako was insolvent prior to the debt restructure and should have
ceased trading before
reaching that point. I therefore propose to consider
solvency both prior to and following the Telecom Rentals debt
restructure.
(i) From Telecom Rentals’
withdrawal of funding to the February 2014 debt restructure
- [408] The first
relevant period is between December 2013 and 7 February 2014. The significance
of this period is that it was in December
2013 that Telecom Rentals refused to
advance Mako the $5 million it expected to receive that month. The period ends
on 7 February
2014, which is the date the parties executed the agreement to
restructure Mako’s debt.
- [409] As already
noted, Mr Fisk and Mr Hussey agreed that Mako Holdings was cashflow insolvent
once Telecom Rentals withdrew its funding
facility. The question is whether the
defendants acted in breach of s 135 by continuing to trade while they sought to
negotiate an
arrangement with Telecom Rentals. This period was some two years
and 10 months after Agreement 1 and six months after Agreement 2.
The
restructuring agreement with Telecom Rentals was concluded approximately
two-and- a-half months before Agreement 3.
- [410] The
experts disagreed on whether Mako should have continued to trade during this
period. Mr Fisk opined that Mako never returned
to solvency after December 2013
as a result of its contingent liability to Telecom Rentals. He considered that
the group was likely
to run out of money by the end of January
2014.
- [411] On this
point I prefer Mr Hussey’s evidence over that of Mr Fisk. I consider Mr
Hussey’s evidence more commercially
realistic and consistent with the
approach the Courts have previously taken on the issue. Mr Hussey said that it
was appropriate
for the directors to continue to trade while they considered the
company’s position and entered into negotiations with Telecom
Rentals with
a view to reaching an agreement with Mako’s largest creditor. That
agreement would permit it to continue to trade
in what Telecom Rentals itself
described as the “short to medium term”. Telecom
Rentals
had the option of exercising its rights under the debt security. It elected not
to and, instead, entered negotiations.
- [412] The
decision of the directors to trade on must be viewed in that context. Mr
Johnson is correct the Weldon Report gave
little comfort. It recognised that
although Mako had areas of true distinctiveness there were real issues around
debt and the ability
to fund growth. However, as Mr Frawley observed to his
fellow directors, none of this was a surprise and neither could it have been.
On
the other hand, the two Norcal reports of March 2013 and July 2013 provided an
independent basis for the directors to reasonably
believe the company was viable
and the prospective work in the pipeline, and other global opportunities, were
positive. Mr Johnson
was critical of Mr Sidorenko and the reports. He submitted
limited weight should be given to this evidence because Mr Sidorenko was
an
employee of Mako. However, the evidence is that this occurred some time after
the reports had been completed. The payment of Mr
Sidorenko’s fee was
converted, in full or in part, to equity as Mako’s advisors had suggested.
Mr Gamble’s evidence
was that Mr Sidorenko first indicated an interest in
becoming involved in Mako after he had completed his reports. An employment
agreement dated April 2015 tends to support that claim.
- [413] There were
other criticisms of the report and its methodology by the plaintiff’s
experts. However, to some extent these
criticisms tend to miss the point. Unless
the shortcomings were sufficiently gross and thus obvious to the directors,
which I do
not accept they were, the commissioning of both these reports is
instructive. It is relevant to each of the duties in question. That
the Board
turned to an independent and, from all accounts, highly qualified expert in the
field to advise on the company’s
value and undertake an in-depth analysis
of the market and strength of Mako’s pipeline, tends to undermine the
suggestion that
the defendants were commercially irresponsible, unrealistic and
trapped in their own bubble of unfounded optimism.
- [414] It is also
noteworthy that the directors took a number of strategic and commercial steps
during this period of negotiation:
(a) Mako’s staffing complement was reduced by 55 per
cent;
(b) both Mr Farmer and Mr Frederick personally advanced just under
$1.5 million to the company in December 2013 to ensure its survival in the
interim;
(c) following indications from Mr Banks in November 2013 that he
wished to advance further sums, Mr Farmer was frank about Mako’s
position.
On 24 December 2013, he told Mr Banks to hold off any investment and promised to
get back to him when Mako was able to
accept his offer. Then, a month later on
21 January 2014, while negotiations with Telecom Rentals were still in train, he
told Mr
Banks that there were some real challenges with Telecom Rentals
suspending Mako’s funding facility and that although there
were options,
the situation was uncertain;
(d) on 5 February 2014 Mr Farmer sent all shareholders,
including Mr Banks, an email inviting them to a SGM to ratify the solution
to
accept the agreement Mako had negotiated with Telecom Rentals. The adverse
consequences to Mako of accepting the arrangement were
expressly stated in that
communication as was Telecom Rentals’ proposal to take security over
Mako’s assets;
(e) the directors actively sought investment from wealthy
investors (excluding Mr Banks) and explained the reasons for the urgency;
and
(f) the directors received legal and insolvency advice from
professionals.
- [415] Thus, the
question is whether continuing to trade during this period could be described as
illegitimate risk taking. In addition
to adopting the measures discussed above,
the defendants carefully reviewed both the downsides and upsides of continuing.
They appropriately
assessed the future prospects of the company. An example of
this may be seen in the Board minutes of January 2014. This meeting was
devoted
to whether the Board should accept Telecom Rentals’ offer of a possible
restructure although, at that point, it seems
no details of what Telecom Rentals
would propose were known to the Board.
- [416] Mr Farmer
advised the Board that he had been in discussions with Mr Tingey of Bell Gully.
The legal advice was that Mako was
not in default, meaning that Telecom Rentals
could not appoint a receiver. Mr Farmer listed some 22 potential investors
including
four who had apparently been introduced by Mr Tingey and who had
expressed an interest in investing in Mako. He proposed to invite
investors to
participate in a one-off round of immediate cash injections to be converted to
heavily discounted equity at the time
of capital raising activity. The objective
was to offer an emergency funding round to bridge the business until an IPO. As
part of
this discussion, Mr Farmer asked Mr Gamble to report on sales. Mr Gamble
noted that the Sprint deal, would, when signed, return US$42
million of revenue
over two years. The discussions then moved to whether Mako should continue to
operate while it was insolvent.
At this point Mr Tingey joined the meeting by
telephone. The minutes record that Mr Tingey explained that when a company is in
financial
trouble, the directors could be personally liable for the incremental
liabilities incurred should the company have ceased trading.
The minutes record,
inter alia:
“The liability in question is not the total debt of the
company it is the incremental liabilities incurred from the time the
company
should have ceased trading. Incurring debt is entering an obligation (with
knowledge the company should have ceased trading)
not the date when it is due.
The courts would typically judge the degree of risk taken by continuing trading
for a few days, if it
is considered in the creditors’ best interest this
is a possible defence. Directors would need to form a view on the likelihood
of
any deal succeeding.”
- [417] After Mr
Tingey left the meeting, the Board turned its mind to the issues raised by Mr
Tingey. The minutes record:
“The proposed actions were considered in the best
interests of the creditors as immediately ceasing trading would be destructive
to value and could potentially disrupt Telecoms SecureMe service (without a
satisfactory plan of action).
The investment proposal if successful would clearly be the best
result for the company and its creditors.
Directors considered the prospects of the investment proposal
succeeding, the outcome was highly uncertain however, if successful
the solution
could potentially see the business achieve its potential targets and be in a
position to eventually settle [Telecom
Rentals’] debt.
The Chairman tabled a resolution to proceed with the investment
proposal. Directors unanimously agreed to the investment proposal
outlined by Mr
Farmer.”
- [418] Given all
these circumstances, I do not consider that the directors can be criticised.
They knew that they were in troubled
financial waters. They undertook a sober
assessment of the company’s future prospects. They invested personally.
They warned
future creditors and investors and they took active steps to reduce
their overheads. Furthermore, if Mako had ceased trading at this
time Mr Banks
would have received nothing. The decision to trade on could only have operated
to enhance his prospects of recovery
whether through loan repayments or
equitisation on favourable terms.
- [419] Accordingly,
I am satisfied the defendants were not in breach of the s 135 duty in continuing
to trade in the period after Telecom
Rentals withdrew funding until the
consequent debt restructure.
(ii) From the Telecom Rentals debt
restructure to the failure of the Sprint deal
- [420] The second
relevant period begins on 7 February 2014 when, following intensive
negotiations, the directors of Mako signed the
restructuring agreement with
Telecom Rentals. The restructure had an immediately beneficial effect on Mako
Holdings and the Mako
group. There were, of course, also adverse consequences to
Mako. The arrangement resulted in the sale of the SecureME business for
$3
million resulting in an annual loss of revenue to Mako of approximately
$750,000. It also led to the shedding of employees, including
research and
development staff, a serious consequence for an IT development business. But the
arrangement did permit Mako to continue
to trade. In addition to the funds
released from the sale of the SecureME product, Telecom Rentals agreed to
advance a further $2
million to Mako with repayments suspended for two years
until 29 February 2016. Mako’s debt, then sitting at $26.8 million
was
required to be repaid over 36 months but with those repayments not commencing
until 29 February 2016.
- [421] Mr Fisk
considered that the Telecom Rentals debt restructure did not solve Mako’s
cashflow difficulties. He acknowledged
that it provided the group with some
reprieve from repaying the debt obligation. The restructure did not, however,
provide an alternative
source of funding that would enable Mako to pay its debts
as they fell due.
- [422] Mr
Fisk’s interpretation of Telecom Rentals’ actions was that Telecom
Rentals found itself in a position where it
had already advanced significant
funds to Mako and was significantly exposed through lack of security. Had it
taken steps to enforce
its security, it would likely have suffered a significant
shortfall. Accordingly, in Mr Fisk’s view, Telecom Rentals had nothing
to
lose by giving Mako more time to try to get back on its feet and meet the
potential which the directors saw in it. Mr Hussey agreed
with this assessment
in cross-examination. In other words, it should not be inferred that Telecom
Rentals’ decision to restructure
the debt rather than wind Mako up
reflected a significant degree of confidence in Mako’s ability to trade
out of its difficulties.
- [423] Another
positive development during this period was that the statutory demand served by
GPC, a United States-based product supplier
to Mako, was pursued. Instead, a
repayment arrangement had been entered into to reduce the debt which at that
time stood at US$1.25
million.
- [424] Thus two
of Mako’s principal creditors, Telecom Rentals and GPC, were aware of
Mako’s position and supported the
decision to continue trading. Mr Banks
had indicated some second thoughts about a third investment. Mako agreed to
restore him to
being a creditor. He was aware of the consequences of the Telecom
Rentals debt restructure and despite this, maintained his
investment.
- [425] Mr
Hollyman asks the question, why then would the directors put the company into
liquidation at this time? Liquidation would
guarantee substantial loss to all
creditors. Continuing to trade had the real potential to deliver up substantial
value to the company
and its creditors. He notes that Mr Hussey supported such
an analysis given that the Telecom Rentals debt had been restructured and
Mako
had a two year debt holiday. At that time, it was expected the Sprint deal would
be signed in mid- 2014.
- [426] I agree
with Mr Hollyman. From the directors’ point of view, Mako now
had
$5 million in cash in hand and no repayments due for another two years. GPC was
sorted. This placed Mako in a position to pursue
the sales and other business
opportunities which the directors, particularly Mr Gamble in the United States,
had
been working on in the previous months, including throughout the period the
company was negotiating with Telecom Rentals.
- [427] Of these,
the negotiations with Sprint were the most promising. According to Mr Hussey,
Sprint was the third largest telecommunications
provider in the United States
with a capital value of $40 billion as at early 2014. Plainly, on its face, it
had ample financial
capacity to fund the purchase of product and services from
Mako with sales estimated at approximately US$42 million.
- [428] Negotiations
on the Sprint deal had begun well before the debt restructure. In September
2013, Mako and Sprint had entered into
the “teaming agreement”. This
recorded that Mako had developed a commercially available software which
utilised Sprint’s
systems and devices. The agreement authorised Sprint to
provide Mako’s system to Sprint’s users and for Sprint and Mako
to
exchange information and explore potential co-marketing
opportunities.
- [429] On 21
January 2014, Sprint made a two-year commitment to purchase 50,000 units from
Mako. The Board minutes of January 2014
record Mr Gamble advising the Board that
the Sprint deal, when signed represented “$42 million of revenue over 2
years (minimum
commitment)”.
- [430] According
to Mr Gamble, he met with Sprint’s senior sales leadership team at their
global headquarters in Kansas City
on multiple occasions. Mr Gamble’s
evidence was that Sprint had committed internally to getting Mako
“productized”
by the end of March 2014 and selling 1,500 Mako units
in the following nine months. In an email to Mr Farmer on 14 January 2014,
Mr
Gamble reported on his discussions with senior Sprint personnel. He said that at
the beginning of December 2013, he had met with
the Vice President of
“Emerging Products” and other senior figures in the retail and
marketing teams. He said that it
was clear that Sprint was taking Mako extremely
seriously:
“[T]hey told us they had committed internally to getting
Mako productised by the end of March and selling 15,000 Mako’s
in the
following nine months. They also told us that Sprint is not used to purchasing
in bulk but rather prefers contracted term
and volume commitments...
On January, 8 [Sprint] called Mako to confirm that Sprint found the pricing
acceptable and that they were likely going to move forward
with the 50,000 unit
commitment over two years. The next step is for them to present Mako with a
contract and they expect some negotiation
to take place between Mako and Sprint.
Part of this negotiation with (sic) include Sprint’s internal stocking
order which I
anticipate will be 5,000 Mako appliances and associated licences.
[Sprint] confirmed that they are still on track and have the desire
to complete
this process before the end of March.
[Former Sprint staff] tell me that for Sprint to move so quickly
from teaming to productisation is very rare. From our discussions
with
Sprint’s senior management and their sales teams, it is obvious that there
is a lot of optimism and opportunity for Mako
within Sprint. We even had Mako
personnel and hardware on display at Sprint’s booth at this week’s
National Retail Federation
show in New York City. Anecdotally, Sprint will only
commit to 50% of what they believe they can sell in a given period. I believe
this bodes well for Mako.”
- [431] Contracts
had been sent to Sprint. Pricing was submitted. However, an obstacle emerged.
Sprint was refusing to prepay and Mako
did not have the financial capability to
manufacture the necessary hardware to supply Sprint. On 3 April 2014, Mr Gamble
emailed
Mr Callendar at Sprint:
“Further to our discussions last week there are matters
that Mako need to be sure of as we go into the contract finalization
stage.
As previously discussed, Mako is a hi-growth new US market
entrant and as such, does not have the balance sheet to fund financing
of
Sprint’s requirements. The pricing that we have submitted reflects this
and Sprint performing that obligation. Should you
require us to introduce a
financier, we have identified a few that have indicated an interest in
performing this function but they
will need to be a party to the negotiations as
they will be financing Sprint not Mako. Can you please confirm for me which
paths
Sprint will be pursuing so I can make any necessary arrangements.
Further to this, your sharing of projections last week is really
appreciated. In fact, this will be an essential element of ensuring
ongoing
timely supply of the hardware given the management of long lead-time components.
We are currently preparing to gear up for
the original 5,000 unit order and the
earlier we can confirm this the better we will be placed to ensure the product
arrives in an
appropriate time frame. Given all the sales opportunities, it
seems prudent to have product sooner rather than later.
I am very much looking forward to getting through the contract
phase and into the exciting time that awaits.”
- [432] Three
weeks later on 26 April 2014, Mr Gamble emailed Mr Farmer with a draft of an
email he proposed to send to the Board. It
confirmed that Sprint was
not
willing to meet the costs of supplying the hardware. Relevant portions of the
email are reproduced below:
“Dear Mako Board Members,
I wanted to update you on recent happenings regarding Sprint
commercialization and third party financing to Sprint for the Mako system.
Last week on a call with Christopher Callender and Scott
Smeltzer of Sprint, I felt there had been a change in how commercialization
was
progressing. It felt as if there was a lot of push back on Sprint purchasing our
solution in bulk and providing support and other
services required of our
partners.
...
On Monday of this week [21 April 2014] I had quite a long
conversation with Christopher regarding my concerns. It turns out that they
were
correct. He confirmed that Sprint is unwilling/unable to buy product in bulk up
front or warehouse & stage. They are happy
to provide tier one support and
warm hand shake calls requiring Mako assistance to our help desk.
When I reminded Christopher that in December he had indicated
Sprint was most interested in the 50k term and volume commitment and
associated
pricing, I was told that they are not willing/able to make such a
commitment...
I had a follow up conversation with Christopher and Scott
yesterday where I asked them to provide me in writing what deal is actually
on
the table. I reminded them that since January they have had our contract
provided at their request which outlines how things were
to be constructed from
our perspective and have had no such documentation from them. I asked them to
specify what is likely to be
different from our existing teaming agreement as
well as how they would promote the solution, incent (sic) their sales people,
sales
projections etc. I was promised this by COB today. During this call they
reinforced their desire to make this a successful relationship,
how their help
desk would work and that they were unlikely to be able to make any volume
commitment.
In return, they asked that I help Sprint with some of their due
diligence by providing them with some information on the history,
success and
current status of our carrier partners...
I have also been working on financing for Sprint so they could
bulk purchase Mako hardware and licences at an MRC while Mako gets
paid upfront
(a solution that now seems redundant). Much of this work has been through Wells
Fargo through an intro from Financial
Technology Ventures. Wells have been
trying to identify which group is best to provide such financing...
They came back to me within four days stating they are unable to
fund Sprint but would be interested in working on us on other deals.
Today I spoke with my contact at Wells about the reasons why Var
Resources couldn’t fund Sprint;...They do not have issue with
Mako’s
product. They had concern over financing Sprint over a three year term. They
indicated that
other customers such as Chevron would be fine to finance. Sprint’s
current reporting and the junk status of its bonds influenced
their
decision...
I wanted to provide this information to you in a factual manner
without my personal interpretation.
Warm regards Simon”
- [433] I accept
that at around this time there were other promising opportunities which are
recorded in the Board minutes, particularly
the 11 March 2014 meeting. Bullseye
had ordered a further 50 units for Fisher Auto Parts and had brought another two
deals to the
table. Phoenix had registered a new opportunity through WorldPay,
for a 1,300 store sandwich chain. There was also a new sales initiative
with
Birch Telecom, and positive negotiations with Telstra.
- [434] The Sprint
negotiations were reported on. It was noted that a decision was still pending
from Sprint on the particular type
of contract; a Master Service Agreement or
Master Product Agreement. It was reported that final negotiations would start
once that
issue had been determined. Mr Gamble reported that Sprint continued to
promote Mako financing the business, and that he had been
in discussions with
Wells Fargo, Hi Wire and Brightstar in relation to this.
- [435] This
combination of evidence leads me to conclude that in the minds of the directors,
particularly Mr Gamble who was on the
ground in the United States and was
actively involved in negotiations with senior Sprint executives, that until 26
April 2014 there
was a reasonable and legitimate expectation a binding agreement
with Sprint on the terms discussed was imminent. All Mako was waiting
for was
confirmation from Sprint as to which form the contract would take and how the
upfront costs of producing the hardware would
be financed. Mr Gamble was having
discussions with other parties on how that would be
achieved.
- [436] Negotiations
with Sprint continued. In evidence Mr Gamble said that Sprint’s stance
amounted to a material change in their
position and so he “swung into
action to salvage the Sprint deal in the best way we could”. He decided
that he and Mr
Farmer should meet with a Mr Nasser, Mr Callender’s senior.
The meeting took place in early May 2014 following which Mr Gamble
sent Mr
Nasser an email confirming aspects
of their discussion. The email notes that the contract between Mako and Sprint
would ostensibly be a resale agreement. Sprint would
contract and bill all end
users. Initially, Mako would provide the hardware on consignment and be paid for
it as it was drawn down
and installed.
- [437] Mr Nasser
responded on 17 May 2014 by indicating that the parties were not perfectly
aligned in terms of their respective understanding.
- [438] The
meeting with Mr Nasser was discussed by Mr Farmer when the Board met on 16 May
2014. He referred to the refusal by Sprint
to pre-purchase Mako inventory as
part of their supply agreement. Mr Farmer reported that Mr Nasser was very keen
to have Mako as
their only PCI-DSS compliant service but could not agree to
“upfront” the purchase. He said that the pricing had not
been
agreed, but the supply agreement was intended to be a resale agreement with
pricing mutually agreed.
- [439] While it
is difficult to pinpoint precisely when the directors knew or ought to have
known the Sprint agreement was unlikely
to be concluded, I am satisfied that a
sober and objective appraisal of all the circumstances in late April to mid-May
2014 at the
earliest would have led the directors to conclude that it was
unlikely an agreement with Sprint acceptable to Mako would be obtained.
Certainly, by mid-2014, the satisfactory conclusion of the Sprint deal was seen
as a forlorn hope, as is apparent in Mr Farmer’s
email to the Board
members on 6 July 2014. He described the position with Sprint in the following
way:
“Sprint is at best a mess. Even if the end user pays for
the hardware it now appears that they have no capability for delivery
and
logistics and will not provide any comfort on-going payment of services. We
could use D&S but will have to have a separate
SOW that they will not be
able to fund and as such we will not receive any up front cash benefits.
Certainly does not seem like a
deal we should be chasing. Are we going to be
able to continue with the Teaming Agreement? If so how are we going to get the
sales
personnel motivated to recommend Mako?”
- [440] I consider
the earliest point at which Mako could be cashflow insolvent is at the point
where the Sprint deal, objectively assessed,
looked
unlikely.
- [441] I
therefore turn to consider at what point after the Sprint deal looked unlikely
the directors were in breach of the s 135
duty.
At what point after the failure
of the Sprint deal were the directors in breach of s 135?
- [442] I preface
this discussion by noting, as Mr Hollyman submitted, that Mako’s corporate
identity is a relevant contextual
factor in determining whether the defendants
breached s 135. After Mako obtained its PCI-DSS certification in 2010, it was a
high
growth company seeking to establish itself in lucrative global markets.
This can be contrasted with Mainzeal from Mainzeal, which was a
well-established company chaired by a former Prime Minister. Mako’s
inherent risk profile was clearly much greater
than that for an established
company with a settled market presence.90
- [443] Mr
Hollyman points out that in the period April to June 2014, while trading was
admittedly difficult for Mako, it still had
sufficient funds to pay all wages
and other outgoings through to the first week of June 2014. He submits that
despite the difficulties
of the Sprint negotiations and Sprint’s change in
stance, there were other market opportunities which justified optimism. Mako
was
working hard to conclude its financing and distribution agreement with D&S.
The Norcal Pipeline Assessment Report had identified
a very substantial
potential market, particularly in the United States, and there were other
business opportunities discussed as
identified in the Board minutes of 11 March
2014.
- [444] There is
some force in Mr Hollyman’s submission. While the Sprint deal had not
progressed as planned, Mako still had other
business opportunities from which it
expected substantial financial returns. These were available due to the debt
holiday offered
by Telecom Rentals. For those few months, the commercially
realistic option was to pursue available opportunities while continuing
to
negotiate with Sprint in the hope of reviving the deal. The counterfactual of
Mako simply cutting its losses in April offered
no realistic prospect of
generating a return which could be used to repay creditors. If Mako ceased
trading at this point, it was
inevitable that all creditors would have suffered
substantial losses. While trading on necessarily meant that debt
would
90 See Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd v
Yan [2019] NZHC 255 at [276] per Cooke J commenting that “From the
creditors’ perspective, failure would have been seen as a low risk. This
was a
well-established company, chaired by a former New Zealand Prime Minister.
It was not a new company in start-up mode. These are relevant
considerations in
identifying the dividing line between the risk to creditors subsumed within the
normal trading risks of a company,
and the substantial risk of serious loss to
the creditors with which s 135 is concerned.”
be incurred, the upside was the securing of imminent contracts worth millions of
dollars and the consequent reduction of risk to
creditors.
- [445] Mr
Hollyman notes that in June 2014, Mr Farmer loaned Mako funds to cover its PAYE
obligations. In July 2014, Mr Gamble loaned
$150,000 to Mako using money he had
borrowed from his mother. The Sprint negotiations continued and Mako was in
discussions with
D&S which eventually led to the signing of an agreement on
21 July 2014 to assist, in part, with the roll out of the Mako System
to Chevron
and otherwise to assist Mako in funding its business. This unlocked immediate
cashflow for Mako and allowed it to continue
to trade.
- [446] Mr
Hollyman submits that similarly, in the period August to December 2014, it was
appropriate for the directors to continue
to trade despite the tight cashflow.
By this time, they were negotiating with Goldman Sachs. In September 2014, BP
indicated it intended
to conclude the contract documents by the end of November
2014 and expected to carry out a non-competitive trial in January 2015
with the
roll out intended for April 2015. Mako was advised it was the exclusive provider
frontrunner for BP.
- [447] Mr
Hollyman submits that the directors’ decision to keep trading was
vindicated when, in December 2014 and January 2015,
Mako received oral and then
written confirmation it had been selected to provide BP with secure transaction
facilities. This justified
the directors’ decision to continue trading,
with D&S continuing to financially support Mako while it sought to finalise
the contract with BP.
- [448] In June
2015, the contract with BP was finally executed and Mako was set to sign up as
many BP fuel service stations as possible.
One thousand service stations had
indicated they would sign up with the expectation that the final number would be
the order of some
4,000 sites.
- [449] Ultimately,
the delays in rolling out the Mako solution to the BP sites combined with the
fact that D&S could no longer
financially support Mako, led to the
directors, responsibly so in Mr Hollyman’s submission, resolving to put
the company into
liquidation in August 2015. Mr Hollyman submits it was
appropriate for the directors
to continue trading until this point because they reasonably believed the BP
contract would begin to generate revenue shortly after
it was executed and
because they believed D&S could continue to provide funding in the
interim.
- [450] When it
became clear that was no longer the case, Mr Hollyman submits the directors took
the responsible step in terms of their
duty under s 135. Until that point, Mr
Hollyman submits, it was entirely appropriate for the directors to permit Mako
to continue
to trade. Until then, the directors had not exposed the creditors to
any risk of serious loss.
- [451] In all the
circumstances and while being conscious that 20/20 hindsight may have the effect
of distorting an assessment, which
the Courts have consistently acknowledged is
often a difficult, complex and finely balanced one for directors to make, I do
not accept
that Mako should have continued to trade beyond the point when it
became likely the Sprint deal would fail. While the directors’
decision to
keep trading may have been vindicated by subsequent events at the end of 2014 or
early 2015, particularly when Mako received
confirmation it had been selected to
provide its services to BP, that does not change my assessment that from about
the time that
a successful conclusion of the Sprint deal became unlikely, the
creation of a substantial risk of serious loss became more likely
than not. That
assessment needs to be made by reference to the information available to the
directors at the relevant time, which
in my view was the period of a few months
following the Telecom Rentals debt restructure. That hindsight might now reveal
later circumstances
which could justify extending the period of trading is not a
legitimate consideration when assessing whether, at a particular point,
the s
135 duty was breached.
- [452] In my view
the totality of the information available to the directors at about the time
successfully concluding the Sprint deal
looked unlikely was when Mako should
have stopped trading. This was late April to mid-May 2014. Had the Sprint deal
materialised,
the funds available to Mako under the contract would have been
sufficient to meet not only Mako’s indebtedness to Telecom Rentals
but
also its liability to Mr Banks. It would have provided sufficient cashflow over
the ensuing two years to return Mako to a fully
solvent position. The company
would have secured breathing space and a source of working capital to pursue
other potentially lucrative
commercial opportunities such as Chevron and BP without relying on others, such
as D&S, to fund the shortfalls. Without the Sprint
deal, however, there was
no objective or realistic hope of returning to cashflow solvency. Makos other
deals never could have brought
it back from insolvency, and the company would
have had to trade while insolvent for an extended period to complete them.
- [453] The
decision to trade on was not one, as the Court of Appeal in Mainzeal put
it,91 that had realistic prospects of enabling the company both to
service pre-existing debt and meet the new commitments which such trading
would
inevitably attract. It was apparent that a return to solvency was unlikely, and
it was not open to the directors to trade on
while attempting to rescue all or
part of the business.
Conclusion as to breach
- [454] As noted,
the earliest point at which there could have been a breach of the s 135 duty was
therefore after the failure of the
Sprint deal at the end of April to mid-May
2014.
- [455] However,
the effect of this finding provides no room for relief for Mr Banks. By late
April he had already advanced his funds
under Agreement 3. That Mako continued
to trade for another 14 months after that does not affect the conclusion. Mr
Banks was not
at risk of further loss resulting from Mako continuing to trade
beyond the end of April to mid-May 2014.
- [456] His claim
for compensation for a breach under s 135 must fail.
Section 136 – Improperly incurring obligations
Legal
principles
- [457] Section
136 provides as follows:
“136 Duty in relation to obligations
91 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [265] citing Fatupaito v Bates [2001] NZHC 401; [2001] 3
NZLR 386 (HC).
A director of a company must not agree to the company incurring an obligation
unless the director believes at that time on reasonable
grounds that the company
will be able to perform the obligation when it is required to do so.”
- [458] Section
136 claims may relate to specific obligations, an identified class of
obligations, or all obligations and occurred by
the company after a given
point.92 The director must have agreed to the company incurring the
focal obligation.93
- [459] In
Fatupaito v Bates, O’Regan J noted that s 136 has both subjective
and objective elements.94 It requires the plaintiff to establish
that:95
“[the director] agreed to the company incurring an
obligation at a time when [they] did not believe (the subjective test) on
reasonable grounds (an objective test) that the company would be able to perform
that obligation when required to do so.”
- [460] There are
two ways of satisfying this test. The first is to establish that at the time the
obligations were entered into, the
director did not believe the company would be
able to perform them. The time at which the required belief is to be proved is
the
time when the obligation is incurred.96
- [461] The second
is to show, if the director did subjectively believe the company would be
capable of performing the obligation, such
a belief was unreasonable. Here the
focus is on what the director knew or would have known had they made the
inquiries a reasonable
director would have made.97 A director cannot
rely on matters known to them which suggest the obligations will be met if a
reasonable director would have made
further inquiries, and those further
inquiries would have revealed that there was a substantial risk that the company
would not be
able to perform the obligation in question when it fell
due.98
92 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [283].
93 At [284].
94 Fatupaito v Bates [2001] NZHC 401; [2001] 3 NZLR 386 (HC) at [80].
95 At [80].
96 Jordan v O’Sullivan, HC Wellington
CIV-2004-485-2611, 13 May 2008 at [60].
97 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq)
[2021] NZCA 99 at [285(b)].
98 At [285(b)].
- [462] Both
counsel referred me to the following observations of Clifford J
in
Jordan v O’Sullivan:99
“[58] Where the ability to meet the obligation is
dependent on anticipated income, the reasonableness of expecting this income
to
eventuate is highly relevant. In Re Wait Investments Ltd (In Liquidation)
[1997] 3 NZLR 36 for example, Barker J concluded (at 103) that the directors
were in breach of s 320(1)(a) in circumstances where
their expectation that the
company would be able to raise finance and thus pay the debt in question was
“unduly optimistic
and without proper foundation”.
[59] Section 136 does not appear to require that the
company’s ability to meet the obligation arises from the company’s
separate resources, as long as the director believes on reasonable grounds that
the company will be able to do so. Therefore, it
would appear that a director
who believes, on reasonable grounds, that the obligation will be met by means of
shareholder or director
contributions will not breach the duty. That s 136 will
not be breached if director contributions are reasonably anticipated is implicit
in the judgment of Paterson J in Ocean Boulevard Properties Ltd v Everest
(2000) 8 NZCLC 262,289. In concluding that s 136 has been breached, Paterson
J noted at [10] that “[i]t must be inferred that
the directors did not
have the intention or the capacity to contribute funds for the conduct of a
business”.”
- [463] Clifford J
also considered that an illegitimate risks test could be useful in the
application of s 136 as with s 135:100
“[61] In terms of the relationship between s 135 and s
136, it has been noted (see, for example, Goatlands Ltd (in liq) & Ors v
Borrell & Anor [2006] NZHC 1576; (2007) 23 NZTC 21,107 at [113]), that s 136 may be the
more apposite section where the challenged conduct relates to the incurring of
specific liabilities, rather
than a course of conduct over an extended period of
time.
...
[63] It would, in my view, be surprising in these circumstances
if a director’s behaviour was to be assessed against the materially
different standard depending on whether a particular obligation was incurred as
part of a continuing series of transactions, or where
it was incurred as part of
a stand- alone transaction. Both situations can properly, in my judgment, be
assessed according to whether
the decisions taken by the defendants evidenced
the taking of a “legitimate” or “illegitimate” risk,
with
that question being assessed on the basis of the type of consideration
outlined by the Court of Appeal in Mason v Lewis.”
99 Jordan v O’Sullivan HC Wellington
CIV-2004-485-2611, 13 May 2008 at [58] and [59].
100 At [61]-[63].
- [464] In
Mainzeal, the Court of Appeal commented that the two stage inquiry under
s 136 requires some specificity in relation to the obligations or
class of
obligations in issue.101 It is necessary to
identify:102
(a) when the relevant obligations were incurred;
(b) when those obligations would fall due;
(c) what the director believed, at the time the obligations were
incurred, as to the ability of the company to meet the obligations
at a future
time when they would fall due; and
(d) the grounds for the director’s beliefs.
- [465] It thus
follows that in this case, I must examine the circumstances at the times the
obligations were incurred by Mako. In other
words, at the time at which each of
the three agreements was entered into.
Plaintiff ’s
submissions
- [466] Mr Banks
pleads that the defendants breached s 136 by incurring obligations to Mr Banks
and to Telecom in circumstances where
the defendants could not have believed on
reasonable grounds that Mako would be able to perform its obligations when
required to
do so, having regard to:
(a) Mako’s mounting debt levels;
(b) Mako’s failure to meet projected revenue
forecasts;
(c) Mako’s lack of confirmed future revenue/sales; and
(d) various other “red flags”.
101 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd
(in liq) [2021] NZCA 99 at [286].
102 At [286].
- [467] I turn now
to consider each of the three agreements in turn.
Agreement 1 – 4 February
2011
- [468] Under
Agreement 1, Mr Banks advanced three tranches. Tranches 1 and 2,
for
£130,000 and £547,000 respectively, had two-year terms with a notice
period of six months. Mr Johnson concedes that the
directors would have had
reasonable grounds to believe that Mako would be in a position to repay Tranches
1 and 2 at the time the
obligations under Agreement 1 were incurred.
- [469] However,
Mr Johnson takes a different position in respect of Tranche 3. He submits there
is no evidence to suggest that Mako
could repay Mr Banks the £500,000
principal plus interest on three months’ notice. That is particularly so,
he submits,
given that the directors knew or ought to have known that Mako would
significantly undershoot its revenue forecast for the year,
resulting in less
cash than expected. He submits that the directors were aware that Mako Holdings
would become responsible for the
Telecom Rentals debt, an important factor that
was discussed at the Board meeting on 20 June 2013. The directors knew this
would
result in Mako Holdings breaching its agreement with Mr Banks. To this Mr
Johnson adds that the directors’ belief needs to
be viewed in the context
of Mako consistently missing its revenue forecasts. They knew an IPO was
unlikely. They knew that the company
was facing a significant cash outflow over
the next 12 months. Assuming the Telecom Rentals facility could be drawn down to
meet
Mako’s commitments, the ability to meet those and repay Mr Banks
within three months if required must be, Mr Johnson submits,
a very open
question.
(a) Subjective belief
- [470] The first
inquiry is to ask whether, at the time the obligation was incurred, the
defendants subjectively believed Mako would
be able to perform the obligation
when it fell due. Although the agreement recorded the date of the third
advance as 10
March 2011, the obligation to repay, that is when Mr Banks could
first demand repayment, was three months after Agreement 1 was executed,
that is
4 May 2011.
- [471] On this
issue there can be little doubt that the defendants subjectively believed the
company would be able to repay Mr Banks
the sum of £500,000 from 4 May
2011.
(b) Reasonable grounds for that
belief
- [472] The second
inquiry, and the central question under this heading, is whether the defendants
had reasonable grounds for that belief.
- [473] I agree
with Mr Hollyman that the defendants’ belief was reasonably held for the
reasons he advances. First, Mako already
had substantial reserves accruing from
its New Zealand-based operations and had trading revenues of over $3.7 million
in the financial
year ending 30 June 2010. Secondly, it had only relatively
recently become the first company in the world to achieve PCI-DSS certification.
Thirdly, the defendants had determined that they would sell 300 licences in New
Zealand based on forecast meetings with Telecom.
Fourthly, the defendants had
been told by Gen-i, Australia, that it would purchase 10,000 licences to deliver
Mako PCI services to
the National Australia Bank and Commonwealth Bank of
Australia. Fifth, Mako was conducting concept trials at major trading banks
in
the United Kingdom, including Royal Bank of Scotland and, finally, while the
agreement provided that Mr Banks could call up £500,000
of his loan after
three months (on three months’ notice), the remainder of the loan could
not be called upon for a period of
at least two years.
- [474] It follows
that for these reasons I am satisfied that as at 4 February 2011, the directors
reasonably believed Mako would be
able to meet its obligations under Agreement 1
to Mr Banks when they fell due.
Agreement 2 – 30 June
2013
- [475] Under
Agreement 2, Mr Banks advanced two tranches, £237,722.43 on 15 May 2013 and
£24,779.14 on 31 May 2013. Approximately
a month later, on 30 June 2013,
Agreement 2 was formalised in writing. The terms of Agreement 2 supplemented
those in Agreement 1,
additionally providing that all Mr Banks’ advances
(plus interest) due as at the date of the agreement would convert to equity
in
Mako on completion of Mako’s listing on the NZX.
- [476] Mr Johnson
submits that the directors knew (or ought to have known) that Mako Holdings
would become responsible for the Telecom
Rentals debt, which
would:
(a) place considerable financial stress on Mako Holdings;
and
(b) result in Mako Holdings:
(i) breaching its newly signed Agreement 2; and
(ii) misrepresenting to Mr Banks that Mako Holdings had not
given additional securities since Agreement 1.
- [477] Further,
he submits, at this time:
(a) Mako had consistently missed its revenue forecasts;
(b) the directors were aware that the accounts for the preceding
year needed restatement, fundamentally changing the financial position
of
Mako;
(c) the directors (or their advisors) felt as though they needed
detailed analysis to be conducted to determine whether the company
could
continue as a going concern; and
(d) the directors were aware that Mako could not successfully
list on the NZX without Telecom Rentals equitising its debt.
- [478] For these
reasons, Mr Johnson submits, the directors had no reasonable grounds to believe
that Mako could repay Mr Banks when
required to do so.
(a) Subjective belief
- [479] While Mr
Johnson’s submissions focussed on the reasonableness of the
directors’ belief that Mako could meet its
obligations under Agreement 2,
rather than whether the directors subjectively believed that fact, he did note,
however, that it is
questionable whether the directors even turned their minds to repaying Mr Banks
given that they anticipated him converting his debt
into equity.
- [480] I do not
doubt that the defendants subjectively believed that Mako would be able to meet
its obligations to Mr Banks under Agreement
2. As at 30 June 2013 they remained
enthusiastic about the possibility of an IPO, and had not yet encountered the
difficulties they
would face four or so months later with the Telecom Rentals
debt. The directors would have believed that the IPO would go ahead,
and in any
event the very positive prospects represented by the Sprint deal would generate
more than sufficient funds to repay Mr
Banks.
- [481] I thus
turn to whether the defendants had reasonable grounds for that
belief.
(b) Reasonable grounds for that
belief
- [482] In
assessing the reasonableness of the defendants’ belief that Mako could
meet its obligations under Agreement 2, Mr Fisk
observed
that:
“Based on the information I have reviewed and available
evidence it is difficult to say exactly when the Directors’ should
have
realised that continuing to incur obligations was not reasonable. It may well
have been before the difficulties suffered with
[Telecom Rentals] in October to
December 2013, but it was certainly once the Group and the Company were clearly
insolvent with no
clear direction forward.
...
Although not as clear as the February 2011 advance I am of the
opinion that, at the time money was advanced by the Company by [Mr
Banks], there
are more factors in favour of the Directors being reasonable in accepting those
monies and legitimately believing the
Company would be able to perform the
obligations in relation to them than factors against. Of particularly (sic)
significance was
the fact that [Mr Banks] had indicated his intention to
capitalise his debt on the IPO of the Company, the real progress being made
towards an IPO and the fact the Company was not liable for the [Telecom Rentals]
debt at this time. Again, the realisable value of
the IP would have been key at
this time.”
- [483] As already
noted, Mr Hussey considered that Mako Holdings and the Mako Group were not
insolvent before November 2013 when Telecom
Rentals advised it would make no
further advances. Up until that point, I accept that the defendants
did
have reasonable grounds for believing Mako would be able to perform its
obligation to Mr Banks.
- [484] The time
at which the reasonableness of the directors’ belief under s 136 is to be
assessed is when Mr Banks transferred
each tranche of funds to Mako. This is
because it was the payment of the funds which triggered Mako’s obligation
to repay on
the terms discussed, not the execution of the
agreement.
- [485] Even if I
am wrong and the correct date at which to assess the directors’ belief is
30 June 2013, I am satisfied the defendants
had reasonable grounds for their
belief.
- [486] There is,
however, some uncertainty as to when the obligations under Agreement 2 would
fall due. That is because Agreement 2
provided that its terms and conditions
“remain the same as recorded in the Debt Letter Agreement executed between
the parties
[on] 4 February 2011.” However, the terms of the three loans
vary. Under Agreement 1, Tranches 1 and 2 were for two years and
Tranche 3 for
three months. This seems to mean that the terms under Agreement 2 are either
three months or two years running from
one of the three following starting
dates:
(a) 15 May 2013 (Tranche 1);
(b) 31 May 2013 (Tranche 2); or
(c) 30 June 2013 (the execution of Agreement 2).
- [487] Despite
this, whatever the correct point at which to assess the defendants’ belief
is, the result is the same and for
the same reasons, which
follow.
- [488] First,
Telecom Rentals had confirmed in writing that the agreed debt ceiling in the
short to medium term was $35 million. Consistent
with that confirmation, the
funding was formally increased from $5 million to $35 million. At that point the
debt to Telecom Rentals
was $21 million, giving Mako head room of some $14
million.
- [489] Secondly,
in June 2013, Mako’s business prospects were promising. Mako had passed
the testing period with Chevron and
would begin installing its product
in
Chevron’s sites. This arrangement was likely to lead to further,
significant business opportunities including not only Chevron,
but other large
global customers.
- [490] Thirdly,
Mr Banks had agreed to convert his debt to equity on an IPO. As at 30 June 2013,
an IPO was certainly a reasonable
prospect.
- [491] For these
reasons I am satisfied that during the period from 15 May 2013 to 30 June 2013,
the directors reasonably believed
Mako would be able to meet its obligations
under Agreement 2 to Mr Banks when they fell due whether that was just three
months later
around August 2013/September 2013 or in June
2015.
Agreement 3 – 24 April
2014
- [492] Agreement
3 involved Mr Banks transferring $500,000 on the same terms and conditions as
Agreement 2. On 4 April 2014 Mr Farmer
emailed Mr Banks, providing him with
Mako’s bank account details. The final transfer of $500,000 to Mako was
made on 24 April
2014, confirmed in an email from Mr Farmer thanking Mr Banks
for the transfer.
(a) Subjective belief
- [493] As with
Agreement 2, Mr Johnson submits that the directors did not subjectively believe
that Mako could perform its obligations
under Agreement 3 because they
considered that Mr Banks would equitise his debt instead of seeking
repayment.
- [494] I am of
the view that the defendants subjectively believed that Mako could perform its
obligations under Agreement 3. The Telecom
Rentals debt restructure had recently
been finalised. It provided an opportunity for the directors to pursue the
Sprint deal (and
others). The directors remained optimistic about the Sprint
deal, in the knowledge that if it succeeded, Mako’s cashflow and
debt
issues would be solved. They thus believed that Mako would be able to repay Mr
Banks following the success of the Sprint
deal.
(b) Reasonable grounds for that
belief
- [495] Under this
heading, the crucial question is, however, whether the defendants had reasonable
grounds for that belief.
- [496] There is a
direct conflict between the experts as to whether, when Agreement 3 was entered
into, the directors knew or ought
to have known that Mako could not repay Mr
Banks. In distinguishing his opinion from that in relation to Agreement 2, Mr
Fisk said
this about Agreement 3:
“The same cannot be said in relation to the $500,000
advanced by [Mr Banks] in April 2014, which I note does not appear to have
documentation evidencing the agreement finalised, despite the Group continuing
to trade for another 18 months.
As discussed through my brief I consider that by this time both
the Group and the Company were insolvent on both a balance sheet and
cash flow
basis and the Directors should have known that at the time the money was
received.
Additionally, by this time [Telecom Rentals’] significant
debt had been escalated to secured and the value of the [Telecom Rentals]
debts
significantly outweighed the reported value of the Assets and the Directors were
unsure how much longer the Group would be
able to trade.
The plan remained to proceed to IPO but given the performance of
the Group at that time and the real prospect that the Group would
not be able to
continue at all I do not believe it was reasonable to think that pursuing an IPO
at that time was a realistic option.
On this basis I consider the directors could not have reasonably
believed that they would be able to meet any obligation to repay
[Mr Banks] the
$500,000 advanced in April 2014.”
- [497] I have
discussed Mr Hussey’s position. His evidence was that for so long as the
Sprint deal remained a realistic option,
which in his view it did as at 24 April
2014, there were reasonable grounds for the directors to believe that Mako had
the ability
to meet its obligations when they materialised under Agreement
3.
- [498] Mr Banks
agreed to advance the $500,000 on 18 March 2014. This commitment represented the
culmination of a number of communications
involving Mr Banks and Mr Farmer. In
early March 2014, Mr Farmer sent Mr Banks a shareholder agreement noting that he
did so “in
anticipation of going down that track”. Mr Banks replied
on 8 March 2014 and stated, “The agreement looks good. Let’s
do this
when you’re ready.”
- [499] As earlier
discussed, between 16 March 2014 and 18 March 2014, there was further dialogue
between Mr Banks and Mr Farmer in
which Mr Banks expressed some concerns.
Despite this, he agreed to advance the funds which were received by Mako some
six weeks later
on 24 April 2014.
- [500] While the
terms were discussed prior to the advance, had Mr Banks not advanced the funds,
Mako would not have been under any
obligation to repay those funds. Nor was Mako
under an obligation to convert Mr Banks’ funds to equity until those funds
were
transferred, and the IPO occurred. It follows that the latest possible time
at which Mako Holdings could have incurred the relevant
obligation was when Mr
Banks advanced the funds on 24 April 2014. I propose to consider the
reasonableness of the directors’
belief as at that
time.
- [501] I have
already discussed the Sprint deal and its prospects in some detail. I have
determined that until late April to mid-May
2014 it was reasonable for the
directors to believe that the Sprint deal would proceed to the completion of
contracts. It was not
reasonably practicable for the directors to immediately
contact Mr Banks and stop him from advancing the funds when only Mr Gamble
was
aware prior to 24 April 2014 that negotiations were becoming more difficult.
Even then it was apparent to Mr Gamble
that the deal was still likely to be
successfully completed. Some deference to Mr Gamble’s view at that time
should be allowed
given he was “on the ground” and dealing with
senior Sprint executives face-to-face. Mr Farmer first learned of Sprint’s
changing stance when he received Mr Gamble’s email of 26 April 2014, two
days after Mr Banks had transferred the funds. Further,
it was not until around
this time that Wells Fargo first communicated it was unwilling to fund the
Sprint deal and its reasons for
that.
- [502] The
directors then considered other avenues to pursue in order to save the deal.
They engaged with more senior executives within
Sprint’s management
hierarchy. They spoke with Mr Nasser. He only informed them that the parties
were misaligned in his email
of 17 May 2014. The directors then investigated
other funding options recognising the problem lay not with the product, but
rather
sourcing the funding to produce the hardware.
- [503] Objectively
assessed, as at the time the obligation under Agreement 3 was incurred, that is
24 April 2014, the Sprint deal was
still a realistic prospect and likely to lead
to binding contracts. In balancing the risk of loss to creditors against the
real potential
for gain and thus the ability of Mako to meet its obligations as
they fell due, whether that was just a few months later or two years
later, I am
satisfied the directors reasonably believed Mako would be able to meet its
obligations under Agreement 3 when they fell
due.
- [504] In that
context, sight should also not be lost of the other significant business
negotiations which were then in train also,
especially D&S and
Chevron.
Conclusion as to breach
- [505] The
defendants did not breach the s 136 duty in respect of Agreement 1, 2
or
3. They subjectively believed on reasonable grounds that Mako would be able to
meet its obligations to Mr Banks under the agreements
when those obligations
fell due.
Section 137 – Duty to exercise skill and care
Legal
principles
- [506] Section
137 provides:
“137 Director’s duty of care
A director of a company, when exercising powers or performing
duties as a director, must exercise the care, diligence, and skill that
a
reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into
account, but without limitation,—
(a) the nature of the company; and
(b) the nature of the decision; and
(c) the position of the director and the nature of the
responsibilities undertaken by him or her.”
- [507] Section
137 makes clear that the standard to assess directors’ skill and care is
the objective standard of a “reasonable
director”. The particular
knowledge and experience of a director is not relevant to the s 137
enquiry.103
103 Delegat v Norman [2012] NZHC 2358 at
[110].
- [508] However,
as Woolford J observed in Delegat v Norman, some element of subjectivity
is introduced by the words in s 137(c) which refer to the position of the
director and the nature of
the responsibilities undertaken by him or her. This,
the Judge observed, seems to allow “differentiation between executive
and
non-executive directors”.104
Plaintiff ’s
submissions
- [509] Mr Banks
has pleaded that the defendants breached s 137 having regard
to:
(a) Mako’s liabilities to Telecom and Mr Banks;
(b) Mako’s general financial position;
(c) the position of the defendants also being shareholders and
not wanting to dilute their shareholding interests; and
(d) the matters referred to and relied on in relation to the
other claims under s 301 of the Companies Act.
- [510] More
particularly, Mr Johnson submits that if the defendants repeatedly placed
reliance on the solvency report without properly
considering changes in
circumstances, such as missed revenue forecasts, that would be a breach of s
137. To that list, Mr Johnson
adds that the defendants did not reconsider
solvency in light of the Weldon Report. They failed to stress test or consider
worse
case scenarios. They went to the market with documents that, at best,
contained errors and at worst, were misleading. They entered
into the Telecom
Rentals’ debt restructuring negotiations without considering the full
implications or seeking the consent
of Mr Banks. Mr Johnson said that
while Mr Farmer admitted this was a mistake, it was a culpable error given the
size of Mr Banks’
loans and their proportion to the annual revenue. He
referred to the “pre-booking of revenue in April 2012”. I understand
this to be a reference to the incorrect treatment in Mako’s accounts of
Phoenix.
104 At [110].
- [511] I turn now
to deal with each of Mr Banks’ claims under s 137.
Did the defendants fail to
exercise the skill and care that a reasonable director would in the same
circumstances?
- [512] Mr Johnson
makes two specific criticisms of the directors’ conduct which he submits
breached the s 137 duty. I deal with
these before turning to consider his
submission that the other alleged breaches of duty under ss 135 and 136 also
necessarily constitute
a breach of s 137.
(a) Mako’s financial
position, including liabilities to Telecom and Mr Banks
- [513] First, Mr
Johnson points to Mako’s general financial position, specifically its
liabilities to Telecom and Mr Banks. The
liability to Telecom arose from the
agreement in late June 2013 to increase Telecom Rentals’ loan facility to
Mako from
$5 million to $35 million.
- [514] It is
difficult to see how the directors may be criticised for entering into this
arrangement. Mr Frawley described it as “a
no brainer” to
rationalise and simplify the arrangements between Telecom Rentals and Mako. It
gave Telecom Rentals an additional
and identifiable security and it improved, as
it was intended to, the short to medium term cashflow position of
Mako.
- [515] It is
correct that the Telecom agreement with Mako Holdings breached Mako’s
agreement with Mr Banks. Mr Farmer accepted
that it was a mistake. Mr
Banks’ consent should have been obtained and it was
not.
- [516] I am
satisfied, however, it was an unintentional breach which, in my view, would have
been waived by Mr Banks had his consent
been sought in any event. This is
because he advanced a further $500,000 under Agreement 3 when he plainly knew of
and understood
the ramifications of the later Telecom Rentals agreement, under
which their debt took priority. By the time he advanced the funds
under
Agreement 3, he had already received the papers from Mr Farmer on 5 February
2014 calling for the SGM to ratify the restructuring
proposal. That Mr Banks
must have read and understood the significance of this material, even if he did
not attend the SGM, is
evident from his email to Mr Farmer of 19 February 2014 when he observed that it
was a shame “we had to panic-sell that business
chunk”.
(b) Prioritising interests as
shareholders over the company’s interests
- [517] This is a
convenient point at which to deal with Mr Banks’ claim that the
defendants, as shareholders wishing to avoid
diluting their own shareholdings,
acted or omitted to act in a manner contrary to the company’s best
interests. As I understood
Mr Johnson, this complaint is founded on two
issues:
(a) the taking of excessive director salaries; and
(b) failing to engage further with the indicative offer from
Goldman Sachs.
- [518] Later in
this section I shall discuss the issue of directors’ salaries when
discussing Mr Killick’s evidence. Three
additional points may be made. The
first is that the directors’ salaries were approved unanimously at AGMs.
The resolutions
approving these entitlements were recorded in the AGM minutes
which were sent to all interested parties, including Mr Banks. Secondly,
the
directors, particularly Mr Farmer, were paid primarily in shares rather than
cash. Thirdly, at least three of the directors
loaned the company money when an
urgent injection of cash was needed.
- [519] As for the
Goldman Sachs proposal, Mr Frederick prepared a “pros and cons”
analysis and forwarded it to the directors
to discuss at the Board meeting. The
“cons” are listed as follows:
“● Tied up with [Goldman Sachs] until Dec 31,
2014
- No option out
for Mako under current wording of agreement until time passes or [Goldman Sachs]
declares deal dead
- Mako must make a
internal commitment to proceeding along “gross level” terms of
agreement
- We will not be
able to have... [incomplete]”
- [520] This was
then discussed at the Board meeting of 23 October 2014, which was recorded as
follows:
“Doug Frederick then went on to outline to the meeting
interactions between himself and Tobin Whamond of Goldman Sachs. Doug
had
followed up on the letter forwarded to Tobin by telephone to ensure it had been
received and seek any reaction to it. Tobin advised
that he was following up
with internal attorneys with their response but that it would not be favourable.
He further outlined how
[Goldman Sachs] needed to follow a specific business
process and that using warranties was not acceptable to them and that they would
need to speak to Telecom NZ before they would entertain any offer. Doug had
responded outlining again how the Mako Board needed to
have some indication of
an offer and the current proposal pitched would not receive shareholder
approval. Furthermore, the feeling
of the Board was allowing a discussion with
Telecom without having an offer could seriously undermine the company’s
position
with Telecom and lead to an even more distressed offer.”
- [521] Mako’s
rejections of Goldman Sachs’ proposal is unsurprising. It is most unlikely
that Telecom Rentals would have
relinquished its priority debt for a 10 to 15
per cent shareholding when the new investor would receive 60 to 70 per cent for
a similar
level of investment. The directors were correct in concluding that the
deal would all but wipe out the value held by all existing
shareholders. Despite
this, the directors continued to engage with Goldman Sachs and proposed
alternative terms which were rejected.
I accept that the decision made by the
directors to reject the offer was one which was reasonably open to them in the
circumstances.
- [522] The other
point, as Mr Hollyman submits, is at the relevant time the defendants had
reasonable grounds to believe that Mr Banks
had converted his debt to equity.
They did not believe they would have to repay any of this advance, or any of the
earlier advances.
This is supported by later correspondence in which Mr
Farmer and Mr Banks referred to a “reinstatement” of Mr
Banks’ loans.
(c) Overlap between Mr
Banks’ claims under ss 135, 136 and 137
- [523] For
completeness, I note that Mr Banks also pleads that the defendants breached s
136 by taking on obligations in respect of
Telecom Rentals.105 Mr
Johnson did not deal with this part of the claim in either his written or oral
submissions. If the essence of the claim is that
the directors should not have
taken on the obligations they
105 Amended statement of claim dated 18 April 2019 at
[110], [111] and [140(c)].
did in relation to the restructuring of the debt, I cannot agree. The breach
under s 136 must be assessed at the time at which the
company incurred the
obligation, that is as at 7 February 2014 when the debt restructure was formally
agreed. At that point the agreement
injected $5 million into the business. The
terms gave Mako a repayment holiday of two years. The Sprint deal was likely to
be concluded
within a few months and with it the very significant benefits I
have already discussed. There were positive and potentially lucrative
leads
identified in the Norcal Pipeline Assessment Report. Mako was rolling out its
solution to thousands of Chevron sites.
- [524] Significantly
in my view, Telecom Rentals had reassured Mako of its ongoing support in writing
before the restructuring agreement
was finalised:
“We appreciate that the Mako directors are aware of their
legal duties and obligations in the present circumstances –
including the
need to consider the interests of Telecom its most significant creditor.
Telecom’s proposal allows the directors
to continue trading for a period
in which to conclude the sale of certain assets and the restructuring referred
to above, of Telecom’s
$27 million debt. Telecom, as the most significant
creditor, strongly supports the directors continued trading for this
purpose.”
- [525] In these
circumstances, it is difficult, in my view, to see how the directors may be
criticised for negotiating and completing
the debt
restructuring.
- [526] In any
event, Mr Hollyman says the pleading is duplicitous. It adds nothing to the
plaintiff’s case and should be rejected
for the reasons earlier advanced
in respect of ss 135 and 136.
- [527] Although
the considerations under s 137 are somewhat broader, I agree with Mr Hollyman.
In fairness to Mr Johnson he properly
and fairly accepted the overlap between
breaches of s 137 and ss 131, 135 and 136.
- [528] In support
of his claim that the directors failed to exercise the necessary skill and care
of the reasonable director, Mr Johnson
relies on the evidence of Mr
Killick.106 I have already touched on Mr Killick’s
evidence.
106 Mr Killick is a chartered accountant and a
professional director whose directorships in governance roles have included a
wide range
of industries and sizes of organisations. He was instructed to
provide expert evidence on the conduct of the defendants in terms
of the
expectations, obligations and responsibilities of a reasonable director in terms
of ss 131, 135, 136 and 137 of the Companies
Act 1993.
- [529] The
admissibility of Mr Killick’s evidence was initially challenged by the
defendants on the basis that it would not be
substantially helpful to the trier
of fact in understanding the other evidence in the proceeding or ascertaining
any fact that is
of consequence to the determination of the proceeding.107
Objection was also grounded on the basis that Mr Killick’s
evidence touched on “ultimate issues”, although
Mr Hollyman
accepted that in terms of s 25(2)(a) of the Evidence Act 2006 (“the
Evidence Act”), this would not automatically
render such evidence
inadmissible. Mr Hollyman referred to particular aspects of Mr Killick’s
opinions which he described
as egregious examples of usurping of the
Court’s function, including Mr Killick’s conclusions and
findings. He
thus submitted that for these reasons Mr Killick’s
evidence-in-chief and reply evidence should be struck out in its entirety
not
only by reason of its breach of s 24 of the Evidence Act but also under s 8
which permits such a course where the probative value
is significantly
outweighed by the fact that the evidence will needlessly prolong an already
lengthy proceeding.
- [530] However,
after reflection, Mr Hollyman withdrew his admissibility objection but submitted
Mr Killick’s evidence ought
to be given limited weight for the same
reasons.
- [531] Mr
Johnson, in his closing oral submissions, submits that Mr Killick’s
evidence regarding stress testing assumptions,
having a good understanding of
working capital, having full board packs, measuring performance against
projections and challenging
management were aspects of his evidence which were
substantially helpful. However, he accepted that anything else is
“probably
of questionable admissibility”.
- [532] I agree
with Mr Hollyman that in certain material aspects Mr Killick’s evidence
must be given limited weight. In my view,
in certain key areas, his evidence was
surprisingly dogmatic and, occasionally, bordered on advocacy. For example, on
the question
of the company’s solvency calculations under s 136, he made
the bald, unqualified statement that “It is forbidden to
trade while
insolvent”. As already discussed, that is not the law. In
cross-examination, Mr Killick accepted that the use of
the word
“forbidden” was “probably too
strong”.
107 Evidence Act 2006, s 25.
- [533] Another
example may be found in his evidence-in-chief, when he suggested that in terms
of s 136 of the Companies Act the defendants
knew or ought to have known that
they could not perform their obligations in respect of all three agreements.
However, in cross-examination,
he accepted that the first advance on 4 February
2011 was a “line call”. When referred to Mr Fisk’s contrary
evidence
on the same point, Mr Killick conceded that what he had said in his
first brief might have come through “fairly strongly”
and that at
the time he had made that statement, he had not seen Mr Fisk’s
brief.
- [534] Similar
observations may be made in relation to Mr Killick’s criticism of the
defendants over their salaries in 2013 and
2014. Mr Killick described these as
“crippling” for the company. When it was put to him that Mr Farmer
had, in fact,
taken only $42,000 in cash in the 2014 year, Mr Killick observed
that the Court would have to look through the continuum of the company
rather
than in the later years where there were steps taken to “reduce the cash
earned”.
- [535] Another
example was when Mr Killick made comments suggesting that there were quality
issues regarding the delivery of Mako’s
product. He referred to an email
chain relating to Chevron in December 2013. When it was put to him that all
issues with Chevron
had been resolved and that by the middle of 2014 Mako had
successfully installed at over 2,200 Chevron sites, Mr Killick conceded
he was
not aware of that.
- [536] Interestingly,
he appeared to regard Mr Frawley’s conduct as a director to be something
of an exemplar, repeatedly citing
examples of Mr Frawley’s actions as
examples of what a reasonable and prudent director should have done in the
circumstances.
In cross-examination, he readily accepted that Mr Frawley’s
actions throughout were prudent and reasonable. Given that Mr Frawley
remained
an active member of the Board until late December 2013, it is implicit from Mr
Killick’s evidence that his fellow
directors, who were party to the same
decisions up until that point, must be similarly exculpated on Mr
Killick’s analysis.
- [537] Thus, in
summary, for the reasons I covered in the discussion of the duties under ss 135,
136 and 137, I am satisfied that until
it was reasonable for the
directors
to believe that Sprint would not enter a binding contract, the defendants
exercised the care, diligence and skill of a reasonable
director in the
circumstances.
- [538] However,
for the reasons already discussed, I am of the view that from that point the
directors should have caused Mako to cease
trading. Having regard to the s 137
factors, Mako had continued as a viable business for more than a decade.
However, by mid-2014,
its chronic cashflow difficulties were such that without
the realistic and likely prospect of a lucrative, multi-million dollar deal
within the foreseeable future, it would not be possible for the company to meet
its obligations. At that point, a reasonable director,
exercising due care,
diligence and skill, would have caused Mako to cease trading and go into
liquidation.
- [539] It follows
that consistent with my conclusions in respect of s 135, I am satisfied that the
directors also breached their duties
under s 137 of the Companies
Act.
- [540] Having so
found, the next question is whether there is any remedy available to Mr Banks.
It is to that question I now turn.
Section 301 – Remedy
Introduction
- [541] I have
found that the directors breached both the ss 135 and 137 duties. However,
despite this, I am satisfied s 301 does not
provide Mr Banks with relief in the
form of compensation for the reasons which follow.
Legal principles
- [542] Mr Banks
seeks relief under s 301 of the Companies Act:
“301 Power of court to require persons to repay money
or return property
(1) If, in the course of the liquidation of a company, it
appears to the court that a person who has taken part in the formation or
promotion of the company, or a past or present
director, manager, administrator, liquidator, or receiver
of the company, has
misapplied, or retained, or become liable or accountable for, money or property
of the company, or been guilty
of negligence, default, or
breach of duty or trust in relation to the company, the court may, on the
application of the liquidator or a creditor or shareholder,
—
(a) inquire into the conduct of the promoter, director,
manager, administrator, liquidator, or receiver; and
(b) order that person—
(i) to repay or restore the money or property or any part of it
with interest at a rate the court thinks just; or
(ii) to contribute such sum to the assets of the company by way
of compensation as the court thinks just; or
(c) where the application is made by a creditor, order that
person to pay or transfer the money or property or any part of it with
interest
at a rate the court thinks just to the creditor.
...”
- [543] I address
the availability of relief by way of compensation under s 301 by posing two
questions:
(a) Is the remedy available given that Mako was not in the
course of liquidation?;
(b) Can creditors be personally compensated under s 301(1)(c)
for breach of directors’ duties?
(a) Is the remedy available given
Mako was not in the course of liquidation?
- [544] Mr
Hollyman points to the express words of s 301. He emphasises the phrase
“in the course of the liquidation of a company”.
He says that
wording is clear and that the Court is only able to inquire into the conduct of
a director and make orders under s 301
in the course of a liquidation. A
creditor may apply for orders under s 301 during the course of the liquidation,
but the Court’s
jurisdiction under s 301 exists only for as long as the
company remains in liquidation. Mako’s liquidation concluded and it
was
removed from the Companies Register (“the Register”) on 27 February
2018. Now that Mako is no longer in liquidation,
the Court no longer has
jurisdiction to award relief under s 301.
- [545] Mr Johnson
submits that this narrow interpretation cannot be right. He says that s 301
requires “an application”
to be made during the course of the
liquidation, not that an order by the Court must be made within that timeframe.
Mr Johnson says
that s 326 of the Companies Act means the directors’
liability continues to exist even after the company’s removal from
the
Register.
- [546] The
dispositive issue of whether a remedy is available under s 301 is the effect and
meaning of the words “in the course
of the liquidation of a
company”. Mako was placed in liquidation shortly after the Board meeting
of 19 August 2015. The liquidators’
final report was filed on 26 January
2018.108 Mako was removed from the Register on 27 February 2018. The
statement of claim seeking relief under s 301 was filed on 13 January
2016.
Thus, Mr Banks’ claim was made in the course of the liquidation. However,
the liquidation ended before the trial started.
So, while Mako existed and was
in the course of liquidation at the time the claim was filed, it is now
neither.
- [547] At first
glance, it may appear odd that an order under s 301 is required to be made in
the course of a company’s liquidation.
Liquidations and Court proceedings
vary in length. Some are completed in relatively short order. Others may take
years. Instinctively,
it seems unjust and unfair that the Court may refuse a
creditor’s claim for relief, when that claim was filed in the course
of a
liquidation process which concluded earlier than the Court
proceedings.
- [548] The
problem, however, is that when the liquidation ends and the company is removed
from the Register, there is nothing onto
which the Court can attach an award
under s 301. Compensation for breaches of director’s duty is payable to
the company.109 It is then distributed to creditors by the liquidator
with the exception of the limited circumstances in which creditors might be
personally compensated (an issue I address below). Obviously, when there is no
longer a corporate entity in existence, nor a liquidation
in progress, this
cannot occur.
108 “BPSI Limited, Simes Limited, OBST Limited,
95 Victoria Street Limited, Silverspur Developments Limited, Mako Networks North
America Limited, Mako Networks Limited, Mako Networks Finance & Leasing
Limited and Mako Networks Holdings Limited (all in liquidation)”
(26
January 2018) New Zealand Gazette No 2018-ds398.
109 Section 301(1)(b)(ii).
- [549] In light
of that practical problem, Parliament included provisions in the Companies Act
which enable creditors (among others)
to pursue claims for breaches of
director’s duty following the removal of the company from the
Register.
- [550] Section
326 provides that the removal of a company from the Register does not affect the
liability of any former director of
the company in respect of any act or
omission that took place before the company was removed from the Register, and
that liability
continues and may be enforced as if the company had not been
removed.
- [551] Given that
a director’s liability persists after deregistration of the company,
Parliament enacted a procedure for the
restoration of the company to the
Register.110 Section 329 provides that where a company has been
removed from the Register, a creditor of a company has standing to apply for an
order that the company be restored to the Register. The grounds for making such
an order include that the company was in liquidation
at the time it was removed
from the Register,111 or that it is just and equitable to restore the
company to the Register.112 A company which is restored to the
Register is deemed to have continued in existence as if it had not been removed
from the Register.113
- [552] Thus, the
combined effect of ss 326, 329 and 330 is that directors continue to be liable
to the company for breaches of directors’
duties after deregistration, and
the company entity can be restored for the purpose of receiving compensation
payable under s 301.
110 I note that s 328 of the Companies Act 1993
provides a procedure for the restoration of a company to the register by the
Registrar
of Companies. In Commissioner of Inland Revenue v Commercial
Management Ltd [2019] NZCA 479, (2019) 29 NZTC 24-019 at [32] the Court of
Appeal commented that “Section 328 contemplates a relatively simple and
uncontroversial restoration process where
it is apparent that the company should
not have been removed from the register having regard to circumstances at the
time of that
removal, and where no one objects to that restoration. Section 329
enables a wider range of grounds to be invoked, including the
broad “just
and equitable” ground. It is available in cases where restoration is
opposed.”
111 Section 329(1)(a)(iii).
112 Section 329(1)(b).
113 Section 330.
- [553] In
Registrar of Companies v Body Corporate 307730, the Court of Appeal
explained how a company that has previously been liquidated can be restored and
the liquidation reinstated:114
“[14] The process of
liquidation begins with the appointment of a named person or an Official
Assignee as liquidator. One of
the ways the liquidation comes to an end or is
completed is when the liquidator provides his or her final report to the
Registrar
together with certain other specified documentation. On the filing of
the final report and the other documentation, the liquidator
is discharged from
office and the Registrar is required to remove the company from the Register.
Pending removal from the Register,
the status of the company is that it is no
longer in liquidation but is awaiting removal.
- [15] As
Associate Judge Doogue recognised, the fact the company is not in liquidation at
the point of removal means that a restoration
order on its own will not result
in the restored company automatically resuming its former status as a company in
liquidation. The
restoration order must be accompanied by other orders to
achieve that result if it is considered desirable, as it was in this
case.
- [16] Under s
284(1)(b), the court has the power to reverse an act or decision of the
liquidator on the application of a prospective
creditor (such as the owners in
this case). The power may be exercised after a company has been removed from the
Register. The filing
of a final report is an act of the liquidator and therefore
the reversing of a final report is within the scope of the s 284 power.
As noted
in Re Ocean Shipping Ltd, reversing the filing of a final report has the
effect of abrogating the completion of the liquidation. Thus, the combined
effect
of a restoration and a reversal order is that the company is restored to
the Register still in liquidation and the former liquidator
resumes office. The
liquidation is reinstated.”
(footnotes omitted)
- [554] This
approach has been applied in cases where the claimant has applied for relief
under s 301 after the liquidation has ended
(as opposed to the liquidation
ending prior to the claim being determined). In McHugh v Austral Group
Investment Management Ltd,115 this Court struck out an
application for relief under s 321 of the Companies Act 1955116
because it had not been made in the course of the liquidation. By the time
the proceedings were commenced the company had been removed
from the Register.
Master Hansen (as he then was) held that the plaintiff needed to make an
application to the Court for the restoration
of the company to the Register,
and
114 Registrar of Companies v Body Corporate 307730
[2013] NZCA 659, [2014] 2 NZLR 623.
115 McHugh v Austral Group Investment Management Ltd HC
Christchurch CP505/87, 23 March 1992.
116 This is the predecessor provision to s 301 of the Companies
Act 1993.
subsequently an application for it to be wound up. The plaintiff could then
apply for relief under s 321 during the winding up process.117
- [555] Hampson
v Registrar of Companies concerned, among other things, a defendant’s
application for strike out of the plaintiff’s claim under s 301 on the
basis
that the plaintiff’s application had not been made in the course of
the liquidation.118 Associate Judge Matthews agreed that a claim
under s 301 could not be considered while the company was not in liquidation,
noting
that the section was a “procedural mechanism for bringing these
claims during a liquidation”.119 He stayed the proceeding until
a decision had been made about whether the company would be restored to the
Register.120
- [556] It follows
that for Mr Banks’ claim to succeed, he first needed to apply for the
restoration of Mako to the Register under
s 329 and the reversing of the final
report under s 284(1)(b). Those applications could have been made at any time
between Mako being
removed from the Register in February 2018 and the delivery
of this judgment. There are no such applications before the Court, let
alone
orders for restoration. In the absence of such orders,121 the company
does not exist, nor is it in the course of liquidation. The plaintiff is thus
unable to apply for remedy under s 301.
(b) Can creditors be personally
compensated under s 301 for breach of directors’ duties?
- [557] Mr
Hollyman submits that even if it is possible for Mr Banks to claim under s 301,
s 301(1)(c) does not permit him to be personally
compensated for a breach of
director’s duty. He submits that while s 301(1)(c) may permit direct
recovery to a particular creditor
such recourse is not available where, as in
the present case, the creditor’s claim is for breach of directors’
duties.
He submits that if Mr Banks is entitled to any remedy at all, it must be
under s 301(1)(b), in which case compensation
117 McHugh v Austral Group Investment Management
Ltd HC Christchurch CP505/87, 23 March 1992 at 18 and 19.
118 Hampson v Registrar of Companies [2013] NZHC 1202 at
[1] and [5].
119 At [44].
120 At [42]-[43] and [50].
121 I note in any event that it is not a given that the
applications would be granted. Mr Hollyman submits that there are numerous
potential
grounds of opposition, including that Mr Banks stands to gain nothing
from the restoration and re-liquidation of the company, noting
that the first
ranking secured creditor, Spark NZ, is still owed around $24 million.
is payable to the company and not Mr Banks. It follows that Mr Banks may only
recover after Telecom Rentals’ secured debt of
some $25 million has been
paid.
- [558] Mr Johnson
submits that Mr Banks is entitled to direct recovery under s
301(1)(c). He submits that there is no appellate
authority on the issue, and
this Court is not bound by the existing High Court authority to the effect that
a creditor cannot personally
recover under s 301(1)(c) for breach of
director’s duty.122 Mr Johnson submits this Court’s
decision in Mitchell v Hesketh took an “unduly formulaic”
interpretation of s 301. That s 301(1)(c) was included at the Select Committee
stage of the
Bill’s passage indicates Parliament intended that it
strengthen a creditor’s ability to recover from directors. He further
says
that s 301 is merely a procedural mechanism for remedying breaches and should be
interpreted broadly.
- [559] The
appellate Courts have left open the question of whether a creditor may
personally recover for a breach of director’s
duty under s 301(1)(c). In
Mainzeal, the Court of Appeal stated
that:123
“It has been held in the High Court that
this power is available where the defendant has misapplied or retained or become
liable
or accountable for money or property of the company, but not in relation
to compensation for breaches of a duty owed by a director
to the company.
However, in [Madsen- Ries v Cooper] the Supreme Court expressly left the
question of when an award can be made to a creditor for decision in a case where
the issue
arises directly. As the present proceedings were brought by the
liquidators of Mainzeal, not by creditors, we also need not decide
that
issue.”
(footnotes omitted)
- [560] The Court
in Mainzeal was referring to a footnote in Madsen-Ries v Cooper,
where the Supreme Court commented that:124
“We have not been asked to decide how any relief ordered
would be distributed amongst creditors... We also note that s 301(1)(c)
provides
that, where an application is made by a creditor, the court may order a director
to pay or transfer money or property to
the creditor. It has been suggested that
under s 301(1)(c), at least in cases where the liquidator takes no steps, the
Court can
order all restitution or compensation to go to the particular
creditor: Marshall Futures Ltd v Marshall [1992] 1 NZLR 316 (HC) (Tipping
J) at 332– 333; and Sanders v Flay (2005) 9 NZCLC 96-989 (HC)
(Heath J) at [18]–[19].
122 Mitchell v Hesketh (1998) 8 NZCLC 261,559
(HC).
123 Yan v Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd (in liq)
[2021] NZCA 99 at [309] citing Mitchell v Hesketh (1998) 8 NZCLC
261,559 (HC).
124 Madsen-Ries v Cooper [2020] NZSC 100, (2020) 29 NZTC
24-088 at [156], n 179.
Note that Marshall Futures was decided under the 1955 Act, and
Sanders was decided under the 1993 Act. We leave consideration of
creditors’ rights under s 301(1)(c) to a case where it arises and
has been
fully argued.”
- [561] There are
currently two competing lines of High Court authority on whether creditors may
recover directly under s 301(1)(c).
The first denies creditors personal
compensation for claims of breach of duty. The second permits recovery in some
limited circumstances.
I set out both approaches before determining whether, in
the present case, Mr Banks may recover directly under s 301(1)(c) for breach
of
director’s duty.
- [562] In
Mitchell v Hesketh, Master Venning (as he then was) took a constructional
interpretation when considering whether a creditor seeking relief might recover
under s 301(1)(c):125
“There are thus two
circumstances identified in the body of s 301(1) where orders may be made. The
first circumstance is where
the director owes a specific item of money or
property to the company, and the second circumstance is where the director has
breached
his duties to the company and caused loss generally to the company.
It follows in my view as a matter of construction that the
reference to restoring the money or property or any part of it in
s 301(1)(b)(i) is a reference back to the first circumstance. The reference to
the “money or property” and “repay
or restore” are
consistent with such an interpretation. The more general option of contributing
such sum to the assets of the company under s 301(1)(b)(ii) is
consistent with the second circumstance where general damage has been caused to
the company. An assessment
of the damage is required to be made by the Court and
an order that the director contribute such sum to compensate for the damage
can
then be made. The reference to “such sum” in s 301(1)(b)(ii) is not
to an identifiable or specific sum, but to the
sum assessed by the Court by way
of compensation.
Against that background s 301(1)(c) falls to be considered. It
provides that where the application to the Court is made by a creditor
the Court
may order the director to pay or transfer the money or property or any part of
it to the creditor. The irresistible inference
is that the reference to
“the money or property” is a reference back to the money or property
identified in the first
circumstance in the main body of s 301(1) and repeated
in s 301(1)(b)(i). No provision is made in s 301(1)(c) for the Court to order
a
payment by the director to the creditor of any part of the general damages sum
that may otherwise be ordered under s 301(1)(b)(ii).”
(emphasis original)
125 Mitchell v Hesketh (1998) 8 NZCLC 261,559
(HC) at 261,562.
- [563] Master
Venning’s approach limits the circumstances where a creditor may recover
directly under s 301(1)(c) to where “a
past or present director, manager,
liquidator, or receiver of the company, has misapplied, or retained, or become
liable or accountable
for, money or property of the company”. Where the
claim is for “negligence, default, or breach of duty or trust in relation
to the company”, the Court may only award relief by ordering that the
director pay compensation to the company under s
301(1)(b)(ii).
- [564] In
General Marine Services Ltd v The Ship “Luana” (No 2), the
applicant creditor sought to recover directly under s 301(1)(c) for alleged
breaches of the ss 135 and 136 duties.126 Woodhouse J referred
to Mitchell and found that although s 301(1)(c) does make provision
for direct payment to a creditor, the “provision does not apply
in respect
of a director’s breaches of statutory
duty”.127
- [565] In
Luscombe v O’Sullivan, Associate Judge Abbott referred to both
Mitchell and General Marine Services.128 The Judge
accepted in principle that the plaintiff creditor may have a claim for breach of
director’s duties and could therefore
bring a claim under s 301. However,
an order that the plaintiff recover directly for a breach of director’s
duty (rather than
the payment of compensation to the company) would be contrary
to case law and require the Court to “read the power in s 301(1)(c)
without regard to the rest of the section”.129 The Associate
Judge considered that s 301(1)(c) is applicable to claims for “specific
money or property rather than for losses
generally”130 and that
“s 301(1)(c) does not apply to a director’s breach of statutory
duty”.131
- [566] In
contrast, the second line of authority considers that s 301(1)(c) permits
creditors to recover directly for breaches of director’s
duty, but in
limited circumstances. In Marshall Futures Ltd (in liq) v Marshall,
Tipping J considered
126 General Marine Services Ltd v The Ship
“Luana” (No 2) HC Auckland CIV-2010-404-2435, 7 February 2010
at [19].
127 At [19].
128 Luscombe v O’Sullivan [2012] NZHC 2300 at [36]. I
note that Associate Judge Abbott had previously cited Mitchell v Hesketh
and taken that approach in Drilling Fluid Equipment NZ Ltd v Falloon
HC New Plymouth CIV-2008-443-337, 27 March 2009 at [28].
129 At [36].
130 At [36].
131 At [36].
whether “moneys which are the subject of the declaration of personal
responsibility are payable to the company...for the benefit
of the creditors of
the company as a whole” or whether they “are payable directly to the
creditor” succeeding in
the application under ss 319 and 320 of the
Companies Act 1955.132 If compensation was payable to the creditor
directly, then the claim could be regarded as between the creditor and the
director, with
no need for the liquidator or creditors to be
involved.133
- [567] Tipping J
noted that none of the cases referred to by counsel involved an application by a
creditor, as opposed to the liquidator.134 His Honour referred to
Re Cyona Distributors,135 where the Court of Appeal of England
and Wales considered a creditor’s application for a remedy for fraud by a
director under
s 332 of the Companies Act 1948 (UK). Tipping J endorsed the
reasoning of Lord Denning MR, who commented
that:136
“An order can be made...at the suit...of a
creditor. The sum may be compensatory. Or it may be punitive. The court has full
power to direct its destination. The words are quite general: “all or any
of the debts or other liabilities of the company
as the court shall
direct.” By virtue of these words the court can order the sum to go in
discharge of the debt of any particular
creditor; or that it shall go to a
particular class of creditors; or to the liquidator so as to go into the general
assets of the
company, so long as it does not exceed the total of the debts or
liabilities. Of course, when an application is made by a liquidator,
the court
will usually order the sum to go into the general assets...but I do not think it
is bound to do so. Certainly when an application
is made by a creditor who has
been defrauded, the court has power, I think, to order the sum to be paid to
that creditor...When a
creditor applies...he applies on his own account...He can
discontinue his application, if he likes, without getting the sanction
of the
liquidator. But no doubt the liquidator should always be made a party to the
proceedings, so that the interests of the other
creditors can be
safeguarded.”
- [568] Tipping J
also adopted the reasoning of Danckwerts LJ, who
said:137
“The situation seems to me to be quite different where a
creditor begins proceedings at his own expense under the section. The
creditor
should be entitled to his reward. I do not think that he is acting as a trustee
for the general body of creditors. In any
case, the court would appear to have a
wide discretion under the section.”
132 Marshall Futures Ltd (in liq) v Marshall
[1992] 1 NZLR 316 (HC) at 332.
133 At 332.
134 At 332.
135 Re Cyona Distributors Ltd [1967] Ch 889.
136 Marshall Futures Ltd (in liq) v Marshall [1992] 1 NZLR
316 (HC) at 332 citing Re Cyona Distributors Ltd [1967] Ch 889 at
902.
137 At 333 citing Re Cyona Distributors Ltd [1967] Ch 889
at 908.
- [569] His Honour
also referred to Re Gerald Cooper Chemicals Ltd, where Templeman J
explained the relevance of the liquidator being a party to the
proceedings:138
“...if an order is to be made under
section 332, the court must know whether to order payment to the creditor
applicant or to
the liquidator. [The creditor] should, therefore, ask the
liquidator to elect whether to intervene to claim relief under section
332,
either based on the transaction with [the creditor] or based on any other
transactions of the...company which implicate the
respondents. The liquidator
should also be asked whether he wishes to contend that the whole or any part of
any moneys for which
the respondents may prove to be liable under section 332
should be paid to him and not to [the creditor]. He should be informed that
if
he does not choose to intervene now he will not be able successfully to
institute section 332 proceedings against the respondents
in the future. But it
is essential that the liquidator should be advised of the present
proceedings.”
- [570] In light
of these authorities, Tipping J concluded that notice of the proceeding should
be given to the liquidator of the company.139 The question of whether
the causes of action under ss 319 and 320 should be heard at the same time as
the claims for breaches of duties
was to be determined in light of the stance
taken by the liquidator.140
- [571] Marshall
Futures was not applied in any of the cases referred to in the first line of
authority. In Sanders v Flay however, Heath J relied upon Marshall
Futures and ordered the payment of compensation directly to a creditor under
s 301(1)(c).141 The plaintiff was the executor of his late
mother’s estate.142 The defendant was the director of a company
which operated a rest home.143 The plaintiff’s mother had
entered an arrangement with the company under which she was entitled to occupy a
unit in the rest
home.144 In consideration, she paid the company
$85,000.145 Six per cent of that sum would be deducted by the company
each year until she died, or the agreement otherwise terminated.146
The plaintiff’s mother transferred the $85,000 to
the
138 At 333 citing Re Gerald Cooper Chemicals Ltd
[1978] 1 Ch 262 at 268.
139 At 334.
140 At 334.
141 Sanders v Flay (2005) 9 NZCLC 263,906 at [18].
142 At [1].
143 At [2].
144 At [2].
145 At [3].
146 At [4].
defendant director, who initially held it in her solicitor’s trust
account, but later used it to pay personal debts.147
- [572] While the
claim was based on six causes of action (including breach of director’s
duties), Heath J considered that “[i]n
essence the claim proceeds on the
footing that [the director] has received company funds and misapplied them for
her own benefit
thereby depriving the estate as a legitimate creditor of the
company of its debt.”148
- [573] Heath J
determined that “the nature of the claim falls squarely within s 301
relating as it does to misapplication of
company funds”.149 The
Judge commented:
“[18] Ordinarily, the claim under s 301 for
misapplication of company funds would result in restoration of those funds to
company
assets for distribution among all creditors. But the section itself
gives standing to a creditor to bring the proceeding. It has
been acknowledged
that the Court has a discretion to award any moneys for which judgment is
entered to be paid to the creditor rather
than the liquidator, particularly when
the liquidator takes no steps: see s 301(1)(c) and Marshall Futures Ltd v
Marshall...
[19] ... I am satisfied that the circumstances of this case
justify an approach along the lines suggested by the majority in
Cyona.”
- [574] I do not
consider that either line of authority assists Mr Banks. Mr Johnson accepts that
the first line of authority is obviously
contrary to his position. Each case
expressly determined that s 301(1)(c) has no application where a creditor claims
remedy for breach
of director’s duty.
- [575] To the
extent that Marshall Futures suggests the Court has a wider discretion to
order that a creditor recover directly, I note that such a power was expressly
limited
by the requirement that the liquidator must be notified of the claim.
The liquidator was not notified of the plaintiff’s claim
in the present
case.
- [576] I also
note that Marshall Futures was decided under ss 319 and 320 of the
Companies Act 1955, with reference to the Companies Act 1948 (UK). The wording
of both statutes is materially different to s 301(1)(c). Section 319
governed a
director’s
147 At [5].
148 At [13].
149 At [16].
failure to keep proper books of account. Section 320 governed a director
carrying on the business of the company with the intention
of defrauding
creditors. Neither is sufficiently similar to s 301 to be of real assistance to
the present issue. It follows I am
satisfied that Marshall Futures is not
authority for the proposition that s 301 permits personal recovery by Mr
Banks.
- [577] Mr Johnson
submits that Sanders v Flay supports his submission that the plaintiff is
entitled to claim under s 301(1)(c). I disagree. Although Heath J referred to
Marshall Futures in determining that s 301(1)(c) was applicable, he did
not actually depart from the first line of authority (and it does not appear
that Mitchell was brought to his attention). The approach taken in
Mitchell is that a creditor may recover directly under s 301(1)(c) where
there is a misappropriation of specific company funds. The director
in
Sanders misappropriated specific and identifiable company funds, being
those owed by the company to the plaintiff’s mother under their
agreement.
It was that misappropriation which Heath J determined provided a basis to order
the director to pay money directly to
the creditor under s 301(1)(c). A creditor
claiming a breach of director’s duty may only receive personal
compensation to the
extent that the conduct complained of also represents a
misappropriation of company funds.
- [578] There is
no misappropriation of company funds in the present case. I do not accept, as Mr
Johnson submits, that if Mr Banks
was misled by the directors that the present
case gets sufficiently close, factually, to a misappropriation of funds which
would
permit recovery under s 301(1)(c). All of the authority discussed above
supports the conclusion that Mr Banks cannot recover personally
under s
301(1)(c).
- [579] Alternatively,
Mr Johnson submits that, even if I was to accept this position, there remains
scope to view a breach of s 136
as an exception. Section 136 specifically
contemplates the position of specific creditors, and unlike s 135, a creditor
will suffer
an identifiable loss. Mr Johnson thus submits that a broad
interpretation is called for. He says that an award for a breach of the
s 136
duty is appropriate because the directors misled Mr Banks to make his
investments in Mako, Mr Banks has expended time and money
in pursuit of this
claim, and neither Spark nor the liquidators have brought claims against the
directors.
- [580] I have
found there was no breach of the s 136 duty. However, even if I am wrong, I am
not satisfied that s 301(1)(c) provides
any relief for Mr Banks for the reasons
which follow.
- [581] I do not
accept that a decision by the liquidators or Spark not to pursue a claim against
the directors provides a basis for
Mr Banks to receive personal compensation.
There is no evidence as to why Mako’s liquidators and/or creditors chose
not to
pursue the directors personally. There are many available reasons.
However, weighing against that is the principle that a claimant
who makes the
effort of successfully pursuing their claim should receive its
fruits.
- [582] Mr Johnson
refers me to this Court’s decision in Mainzeal, where Cooke J
commented that:150
“The New Zealand provisions are different in that s 136 is
directed to the entry of a particular obligation, and accordingly
contemplates
the position of a particular creditor. But similar issues arise in relation to
the application of s 301, including whether
ss 301(b)(i) or (c) should be
applied when there is a breach of s 136. Nothing I say below should be taken to
express a view on such
questions.”
- [583] I do not
accept that the s 136 duty may be treated as an exception to the principle that
creditors cannot recover directly for
breaches of director’s duty under s
301(1)(c). Cooke J prefaced his comments by observing that he was not expressing
a view
on the question. His comments must also be considered in the context of
General Marine Services Ltd, which found that a creditor was unable to
directly recover under s 301(1)(c) for a breach of the s 136 duty. I am not
prepared to
depart from that approach.
- [584] Although
the s 136 duty may relate to particular obligations, sums of money, and
creditors, the duty is nevertheless owed to
the company. It is inconsistent with
the treatment of other duties owed to the company to permit an exception for the
s 136 duty.
It further allows creditors to effectively bring personal claims
against directors in a manner inconsistent with the hierarchy of
the
liquidation, despite the duty being owed to the company and a breach affecting
all creditors.
150 Mainzeal Property and Construction Ltd v Yan
[2019] NZHC 255 at [385].
- [585] It follows
I accept Mr Hollyman’s submission that Mr Banks is unable to recover
directly under s 301(1)(c) for the alleged
breaches of director’s duty.
Any recovery must be under s 301(1)(b), by way of a compensatory payment to the
company. Given
that the company no longer exists, nor is it in liquidation, the
same pragmatic considerations discussed above operate to preclude
recovery.
Section 383 – Banning orders
- [586] Mr
Banks seeks an order under s 383 of the Companies Act banning the defendants
from being directors of any company. He does
not indicate the length of any such
orders. He claims that the defendants’ breaches are at the level where a
banning order
is required. He says such an order is necessary, not only to
punish the defendants and to deter others from engaging in similar conduct,
but
also to protect the public from future misuse of the limited liability structure
by the directors.
- [587] Mr Johnson
submits the defendants’ have “acted in a reckless or incompetent
manner in the performance of [their]
duties”151 and that their
conduct has been such that banning orders are appropriate.
Legal principles
- [588] Section
383 of the Companies Act gives the Court the power to disqualify certain persons
from being directors of companies,
or from taking part in the management of a
company, either for a specific period of time or on a permanent basis. Banning
orders
are designed to protect the public and those dealing with companies from
the harmful use of the corporate structure and to ensure
the suitability of
directors to hold office. They are not punitive although their purpose includes
personal and general deterrence.
In assessing the fitness of an individual to
manage a company, it is necessary they understand the proper role of the company
director
and the duty of due diligence that is owed to the company. It is
necessary to balance the personal hardship to the director against
the public
interest and the need to protect the public from any repetition of the
conduct.152
151 Companies Act 1993, s 383(1)(c)(ii).
152 Registrar of Companies v Blake [2019] NZHC 680, (2019)
12 NZCLC 98-071 at [43] and [44], per Venning J citing with approval
Australian Securities & Investment Commission v Adler [2002] NSWSC
483 at [56].
- [589] Mr
Hollyman submits that what is required before a banning order may be made is
misconduct rather than mismanagement. He says
the section is not aimed at minor
acts of negligence or carelessness, but at conduct which is “wilful or
deliberate or culpable”,
involving dishonesty or a gross failure to meet
the required standards of conduct. Mr Hollyman says that even if the defendants
did
breach their duties, which he submits they did not, their conduct falls well
short of that required for imposition of banning orders.
He says at worst the
defendants were unduly optimistic in their assessments of timeframes and the
capital requirements. Such optimism
does not amount to a gross or serious
failure to meet the standards required of company directors justifying a banning
order.
- [590] Given my
findings on all causes of action I am satisfied there is no basis to make
banning orders in respect of any of the defendants.
While I have found the
directors breached their duties under ss 135 and 137, these were not breaches
characterised by gross departures
from the required standards. Neither caused
loss to Mr Banks. The decision to continue to trade beyond the point I have
found Mako
should have been put in liquidation did not materially add to
creditors’ losses. The deterrent purpose of a banning order is
not made
out. Neither is there a need to protect the public or those dealing with
companies from the conduct of the defendants.
- [591] I am not
prepared to make orders under s 383 of the Companies Act.
SECOND AND FOURTH CAUSES OF ACTION: MISREPRESENTATIONS –
S 55G OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND S 9 OF THE FAIR TRADING ACT
Introduction
- [592] Mr Banks
has brought two causes of action alleging misrepresentations made by the
defendants. These are under:
(a) section 55G of the Securities Act against all defendants for
misrepresentations in advertisements; and
(b) section 9 of the FTA against all defendants (excluding Mr
Frederick) for misleading and deceptive conduct in trade.
- [593] Mr Johnson
acknowledges:
(a) these are “either/or” causes of action and there
cannot be double recovery or liability under both;
(b) that in relation to advertisements, if there is no liability
under the Securities Act, there can be no liability under the FTA
(and vice
versa);153
(c) his submissions focus on what Mr Johnson described as
“the most significant misrepresentations”; and
(d) where a representation is made as to a future fact, the
question becomes whether the person making the representation had an honestly
and reasonably held belief in the correctness of the
representation.154
153 Securities Act 1978, s 63A; and Fair Trading Act
1986, s 5A.
154 Securities Act 1978, s 56(3)(c); Andrew Brown and others
Securities Law (online loose-leaf ed, Thomson Reuters) at [SE56.05(3)];
Premium Real Estate Ltd v Stevens [2008] NZCA 82, [2009] 1 NZLR 148 at
[51]; Prattley Enterprises Ltd v Vero Insurance New Zealand Ltd [2015]
NZHC 1444, [2015] 18 ANZ Insurance Cases 62-075 at [184]- [186]; and
Clode v Sullivan [2017] NZCA 548, (2017) 14 TCLR 678 at [45].
Section 55G of the Securities Act
- [594] Section
55G of the Securities Act permits a Court to order a liable person to pay
compensation to any person who “subscribed
for any securities on the faith
of an advertisement or registered prospectus that includes an untrue
statement” for the loss
or damage the person has sustained by reason of
the untrue statement.
- [595] To invoke
the section Mr Banks must establish:
(a) that he subscribed for the securities on the faith of an
advertisement that included an untrue statement; and
(b) that he sustained a loss or damage by reason of the untrue
statement.
- [596] For the
reasons I have already given in relation to the first cause of action, I am
satisfied that the Securities Act is not
engaged. More particularly, for the
purpose of s 55G, I am satisfied that Mr Banks did not subscribe for any
security.
- [597] As a
consequence, this cause of action necessarily fails. However, as both parties
acknowledge, the available remedy under s
55 is effectively shared or duplicated
by the second cause of action under the FTA and, accordingly, the next section
of the judgment
deals with that claim.
Section 9 of the Fair Trading Act
Mr
Banks’ case
- [598] Mr Johnson
submits that it is clear on the evidence that Mr Banks made his investments in
reliance on misrepresentations which
included inaccurate statements of fact,
statements of future fact made without a reasonable basis and critical omissions
of key information.
As such Mr Banks should be entitled to a remedy under s
43(3)(e) or (f) of the FTA.
- [599] Mr Banks
has pleaded 53 specific representations. In order to properly follow this part
of my decision and my determinations
on the alleged misrepresentations and
omissions, the full list as pleaded is annexed as Appendix 1 to this
judgment.
- [600] Mr Johnson
arranged his claim under this cause of action by listing the various
misrepresentations, in generalised form, relative
to each Agreement. These are
set out below:
(a) prior to Agreement 1, that the prospects for Mako were as
set out in the PPM and failing to advise that Mako was trading well
below
forecasts;
(b) prior to Agreement 2:
(i) failing to disclose that Mako’s trading was
substantially behind that projected in the PPM;
(ii) failing to disclose the concerns of Telecom Rentals;
(iii) representing that an IPO was likely when it was not,
including failing to disclose the Telecom Rentals’ debt was a critical
barrier to listing and that Telecom Rentals was unlikely to convert;
(iv) stating that the business was worth $100 million or more
(with the implication the IPO advisors agreed) when there was no professional
advice to that effect and indications were to the contrary;
(v) failing to disclose the forthcoming security to be provided
to Telecom Rentals; and
(vi) failing to disclose that accounts provided to Mr Banks were
not an accurate statement of Mako’s position and would shortly
be
restated; and
(c) prior to Agreement 3:
(i) representing that an IPO was still a possibility when it was
not (given there was no professional advice to that effect),
Telecom Rentals had clearly advised it would not convert and negative feedback
had been received from potential investors;
(ii) representing Mako was still worth more than $50 million,
given the financial position of Mako, the absence of a supporting valuation
and
the feedback from investors;
(iii) failing to advise of the failure to convert key
opportunities, notably Sprint, Telstra and PUMA;
(iv) failing to advise the extent of the restatement of the 2012
accounts; and
(v) failing to properly advise of risks in 2014 and failing to
disabuse Mr Banks of his notion that his money would be as safe as
six months
ago.
- [601] Additionally,
Mr Johnson submits the Court may have regard to Mr Farmer’s general
pattern of conduct throughout this period.
Mr Johnson submits that despite Mr
Farmer’s insistence that he was frank with Mr Banks as to the state of the
company and the
associated risks of investment, that claim is inconsistent with
the contemporaneous documentary record.
Legal principles
Misleading
and deceptive conduct in trade
- [602] Section 9
of the FTA provides:
“9 Misleading and deceptive conduct generally
No person shall, in trade, engage in conduct that is misleading
or deceptive or is likely to mislead or deceive.”
- [603] There are
three key terms in s 9 to be defined; “trade”, “engage in
conduct” and “misleading or
deceptive”.
- [604] The term
“trade” is defined in s 2 of the FTA as:
“any trade, business, industry, profession, occupation,
activity of commerce, or undertaking relating to the supply or acquisition
of
goods or services or to the disposition or acquisition of any interest in
land”
- [605] To
“engage in the conduct” is defined in s 2(2) and
provides:
“... a reference to engaging in conduct shall be read as a
reference to doing or refusing to do an act, and includes,—
(a) omitting to do an act; or
(b) making it known that an act will or, as the case may be,
will not be done.”
- [606] On this,
it is apparent that conduct, for the purposes of s 9, includes both acts and
omissions. It can include misrepresentations,
half-truths, silence and failures
to disclose a material change in circumstances. The director of a company may be
liable under s
9 of the FTA where the representations in question were made on
behalf of a company. The general principle is that both the person
and company
are liable. Section 45(2) of the FTA provides:
“(2) Any conduct engaged in on behalf of a body
corporate—
(a) by a director, servant, or agent of the body corporate,
acting within the scope of that person’s actual or apparent authority;
or
(b) by any other person at the direction or with the consent or
agreement (whether express or implied) of a director, servant, or
agent of the
body corporate, given within the scope of the actual or apparent authority of
the director, servant or agent—
shall be deemed, for the purposes of this Act, to have been
engaged in also by the body corporate.”
- [607] In Body
Corporate 202254 v Taylor, the Court of Appeal
said:155
“... the Courts have not regarded corporate form (and
particularly the separate legal identity of companies) as precluding personal
liability on the part of senior employees who engage in misleading and deceptive
conduct.”
155 Body Corporate 202254 v Taylor [2008] NZCA
317, [2009] 2 NZLR 17 at [19].
- [608] This Court
said in Gilmour v Decisionmakers (Waikato)
Ltd:156
“A director who participates directly in his or
company’s business will not ordinarily be able to avoid liability under
s
9 of the Act...”
- [609] The next
question is what “in trade” means. This term is defined in s 2
as:
“any trade, business, industry, profession, occupation,
activity of commerce, or undertaking relating to the supply or acquisition
of
goods or services or to the disposition or acquisition of any interest in
land”
- [610] The
Supreme Court in Red Eagle Corp Ltd v Ellis
observed:157
“This is a broad term encompassing all kinds of commercial
dealing by the party whose conduct is under examination. The section
applies to
transactions between large, sophisticated corporations as well as to those of
persons dealing with consumers.”
- [611] The test
for what amounts to misleading and deceptive conduct was also
discussed:158
“[28] ...[Section 9] is directed to promoting fair dealing
in trade by proscribing conduct which, examined objectively, is deceptive
or
misleading in the particular circumstances. Naturally that will depend upon the
context, including the characteristics of the
person or persons said to be
affected. Conduct towards a sophisticated businessman may, for instance, be less
likely to be objectively
regarded as capable of misleading or deceiving such a
person than similar conduct directed towards a consumer or, to take an extreme
case, towards an individual known by the defendant to have intellectual
difficulties. Richardson J in Goldsboro v Walker said that there must be
an assessment of the circumstances in which the conduct occurred and the person
or persons likely to be affected
by it. The question to be answered in relation
to s 9 in a case of this kind is accordingly whether a reasonable person in the
claimant’s
situation – that is, with the characteristics known to
the defendant or of which the defendant ought to have been aware –
would
likely have been misled or deceived. If so, a breach of s 9 has been
established. It is not necessary under s 9 to prove the
defendant’s
conduct actually misled or deceived the particular plaintiff or anyone else. If
the conduct objectively had the
capacity to mislead or deceive the hypothetical
reasonable person, there has been a breach of s 9. If it is likely to do so, it
has
the capacity to do so. Of course the fact that someone was actually misled
or deceived may well be enough to show that the requisite
capacity
existed.”
(footnotes omitted)
156 Gilmour v Decisionmakers
(Waikato) Ltd [2012] NZHC 298 at [87]. See also Murren v
Schaeffer
[2018] NZHC 3176; and Gloken Holdings Ltd v The CDE Company
Ltd [1997] NZHC 457; (1997) 8 TCLR 278 (HC).
157 Red Eagle Corp Ltd v Ellis [2010] NZSC 20, [2010] 2
NZLR 492 at [26], n 13.
158 At [28].
Relief under the FTA
- [612] Section
43(1) of the FTA provides:
“43 Other orders
(1) This section applies if, in proceedings under this Part or
on the application of any person, a court or the Disputes Tribunal
finds that a
person (person A) has suffered, or is likely to suffer, loss or damage by
conduct of another person (person B) that
does or may constitute any of the
following:
(a) a contravention of a provision of Parts
1 to 4A (a relevant provision):
(b) aiding, abetting, counselling, or procuring a contravention
of a relevant provision:
(c) inducing by threats, promises, or otherwise a contravention
of a relevant provision:
(d) being in any way directly or indirectly knowingly concerned
in, or party to, a contravention of a relevant provision:
(e) conspiring with any other person in the contravention of a
relevant provision.
...”
- [613] To be
subject to secondary liability under s 43(1), the defendant must have knowledge
of the essential facts which make up the
contravention and be a conscious or
intentional participant in it.159
- [614] Section
43(3) provides for the kind of relief that may be available, and includes an
order directing the refunding or returning
of the money or property
lost,160 and an order directing payment to the amount of the loss or
damage.161
- [615] I now turn
to consider Mr Farmer’s liability under s 9 of the FTA before considering
that of the other directors. I shall
consider each element of s 9 in
turn.
159 Megavitamin Laboratories (NZ) Ltd v Commerce
Commission (1995) 6 TCLR 231; and NZ Bus Ltd v Commerce Commission
[2007] NZCA 502, [2008] 3 NZLR 433.
160 Section 43(3)(e).
161 Section 43(3)(f).
Analysis
- [616] The
starting point for the analysis in regard to the FTA cause of action must be cl
4(f) of Agreement 1. It reads:
“This letter agreement is the entire agreement between the
parties and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, representations
and
the like concerning its subject matter. The Lender confirms it has entered into
this agreement on its own judgment and has not
relied on any representation of
the Borrower or its agents, officers and personnel.”
- [617] I note
that cl 4(f) also forms part of Agreements 2 and 3. I step through the following
analysis with this in mind.
(a) Was Mr Farmer “in
trade”?
- [618] Mr
Hollyman submits that while it is possible for a director to be held personally
liable for misleading and deceptive conduct,
a director cannot be personally
liable under the FTA unless the relevant conduct is accompanied by evidence of
some personal endorsement
or representation. He submits that the cases which
have followed Body Corporate 202254 v Taylor have involved liability on
the basis of that Court’s minority’s view, being the narrower
interpretation of “in trade”.
In other words, personal liability
under s 9 is confined to a person trading on his or her own account.162
These are also cases where the company is the alter ego of the director.
Thus, Mr Hollyman submits that Mr Farmer is not liable because
he was not the
alter ego of Mako. Mako was a company with 120 employees and a board of five
directors. Mr Banks was told that Board
approval was needed for the transactions
and Mr Farmer provided information prepared by the company which he presented to
Mr Banks.
Thus, Mr Hollyman submits, Mako was the entity which was in trade
and not Mr Farmer.
- [619] I cannot
agree. The definition of “in trade” is deliberately broad and
designed to capture the transactions of a
wide range of entities which deal with
consumers. I cannot accept that Parliament intended the application of s 9 to be
so constrained
that representations made by the director and CEO of a company,
on behalf of the company, fall outside the regime of the FTA and
s
9.
162 Body Corporate 202254 v Taylor [2008] NZCA
317, [2009] 2 NZLR 17 at [101] and [105].
- [620] Further,
Body Corporate 202254 v Taylor referred to Kinsman v Cornfields
Ltd.163 There, the director had been involved in face to face
negotiations with the parties to whom the representations had been made.
Reflecting
on this, the Court in Body Corporate v Taylor commented
“the director/senior employee making the representations might be thought,
by implication at least, to be inviting
the other party to believe him or
her”.164 In Kinsman, the Court said
this:165
“It will be a rare case where a director
who participates directly in negotiations as to his or her company’s
business
will be able to avoid s 9
liability simply on the basis that he was acting only on the company’s
behalf. The Fair Trading Act is intended in our view
to cast its net wider than
that and in the circumstances of this case the representations made by Mr
Kinsman must be regarded as
“in trade”.”
- [621] I am thus
satisfied Mr Farmer was in trade for the purposes of this
section.
(b) Did Mr Farmer engage in
conduct?
- [622] Again, the
definition of engaging in conduct for the purposes of s 9 is wide, including as
it does both acts and omissions and
representations as to future
conduct.
- [623] Mr Farmer
engaged with Mr Banks in correspondence, by telephone and in
person.
- [624] Given
these circumstances I am easily satisfied that Mr Farmer engaged in conduct
relative to Mr Banks.
(c) Was Mr Farmer’s conduct
misleading or deceptive?
- [625] This is
where the real contest lies. Given the sheer number and detail of the alleged
representations, it is neither practical
nor desirable to deal with each
individually. Rather, a more convenient approach, which I shall adopt, albeit
principled, is to group
the representations into two broad categories, verbal
and written, and deal with each category. Where possible, I assess the
representations
and
163 Kinsman v Cornfields Ltd (2001) 10 TCLR
342.
164 Body Corporate 202254 v Taylor [2008] NZCA 317, [2009]
2 NZLR 17 at [82].
165 Kinsman v Cornfields Ltd (2001) 10 TCLR 342 at
[27].
omissions relating to similar themes or content together. Necessarily, some of
the more specific and significant allegations will
be considered separately.
- [626] As a
preliminary observation, I note that the alleged representations 35 to 53 were
made after the transfer of funds under Agreement
3. They cover the period
between 25 August 2014 and 11 June 2015. It follows that even if I was to find
they amounted to actionable
misrepresentations under s 9, Mr Banks suffered no
consequential loss. They cannot have influenced him in his decision to invest
as
is required for orders under s 43. He had already invested his funds and he did
so on the basis they would be equitised.
- [627] This
leaves 34 pleaded representations; 14 verbal and 20 written. I turn to consider
each of those categories.
(i) Verbal representations
- [628] Of the 14
verbal representations, being representations 4, 5, 10, 12, 14, 15,
17,
18, 21, 23, 25, 29, 30 and 32, all are alleged to have taken place at local
cafés,166 in private homes167 or via telephone
calls.168 Some Mr Farmer remembered. Many he did not. Notably, in
cross-examination, Mr Banks had difficulty remembering most of these
encounters.
- [629] Having
seen and heard Mr Banks’ descriptions of these meetings, I find material
aspects of his claims of misrepresentation
implausible. As part of my
consideration, it is appropriate to supplement my earlier credibility findings
with further adverse findings,
particularly in relation to the significant
number of representations which are unsupported by contemporaneous documents. My
reasons
for disbelieving Mr Banks on his uncorroborated accounts of the claimed
oral misrepresentations follow.
166 Meetings at Kokako Café on 20 June 2012,
SPQR Restaurant on 8 August 2012, Kokako Café on 30 November 2012,
Café
People on 98 March 2013, Kokako Café on 26 April 2013,
Pescado Restaurant on 17 September 2013, Café People on 23 October
2013,
Occam Café on 29 November 2013, Occam Café on 4 March 2014 and
Café People on 26 March 2014
167 Meetings at Mr Farmer’s house on 27 January 2011 and Mr
Banks’ home on 13 June 2011.
168 Telephone calls on 27 January and 9 March 2011.
- [630] First, Mr
Banks’ recollection of these meetings and the detail as to what was
discussed is remarkable, particularly given
his vagueness under
cross-examination. By way of example, in his brief Mr Banks described
representation 12 which he said was a meeting
at his house on 13 June 2011. Mr
Banks claimed Mr Farmer told him:
“(i) Mako was doing well and there were plenty of
interested customers;
(ii) [Mr Farmer] was unlike those who take investment
monies from others without being fully committed to the business in
question;
(iii) [Mr Banks] could rely on the figures and
representations in the [PPM] and that the clauses in the report which excluded
reliance only
applied to Mako’s earlier capital raising efforts which
finished on 30 November 2010;
(iv) in relation to page three of the [PPM]:
(1) [Mr Farmer] was happy to accept money from any member of the
public as long as the amount was large enough to be worth his time.
This
followed [Mr Banks’] questioning Mr Farmer about the first section on page
three relating to “qualified investors”,
which [Mr Banks] told Mr
Farmer [he] did not believe [himself] to be;
(2) that it was not a problem that [Mr Banks] was not interested
in buying shares and that [he] was more interested in lending money;
(3) [Mr Banks] could ignore the “No Authorisation”
section and that Mr Farmer’s representations could be relied
upon;
(4) Clauses like the “No Authorisation” section are
not always applicable to every investor but are always required by
lawyers to be
included in such documents; and
(5) [Mr Banks] could be assured that [he] was the right kind of
investor and everything was being done appropriately;
(v) Agreement 1 clause 4f existed only because
Mako’s lawyer had required it but that in practice it would not be
applicable;
(vi) [Mr Farmer] would provide [Mr Banks] with reliable
information as per clause 3b of Agreement 1.”
- [631] When
challenged as to how he was able to compile such a comprehensive and detailed
account of this meeting in his statement
of claim and brief of evidence, Mr
Banks said that he relied on notes. This is what he said in
cross-examination:
“Q You talk about a meeting with Mr Farmer at your
house on the 13th of June 2011?
A Yes.
Q Is this another matter in which you say you took notes?
A I repeat, I took notes of every meeting I had, even insignificant ones,
forget that comment. I made notes of all meetings and anything
significant said
in a phone call.”
- [632] When asked
whether he had any independent recollection of these events beyond the details
of his brief, Mr Banks said:
“Yeah, I’m sorry, I can’t remember much about
the meeting. I would strongly recommend you rely upon the brief”.
- [633] As to
other verbal representations, Mr Banks accepted he had no independent
recollection beyond the contents of his brief.
- [634] Despite Mr
Banks apparently having the foresight to maintain detailed contemporaneous
notes, no such notes have ever
been discovered. When Mr Hollyman
was exploring this question with Mr Banks, Mr Johnson properly advised the Court
that he
knew nothing of the notes.
- [635] I do not
accept Mr Banks’ evidence. It beggars belief that such detailed notes
would have been maintained and used as
the foundation for the particulars under
the second cause of action and the preparation of Mr Banks’ brief of
evidence only
to be destroyed, lost or otherwise misplaced between then and the
time of trial. This is yet another example of Mr Banks’ facility
for
bending the truth when it comes to the evidence he is prepared (and not
prepared) to adduce in pursuit of his claim against the
defendants.
- [636] Thus, to
the extent that Mr Banks’ account of the various representations differs
from that of Mr Farmer’s, I prefer
the latter’s
evidence.
- [637] It follows
Mr Banks’ cause of action under the FTA in respect of representations 4,
5, 10, 12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, 23,
25, 29, 30 and 32 consequently
fails.
(ii) Written
representations
- [638] I next
consider the 20 written communications, being representations 1, 2,
3,
6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 16, 19, 20, 22, 24, 26, 27, 28, 31, 33 and 34. I have
grouped these
into three subcategories, reflecting the periods which preceded each of the
Agreements. In places it is necessary to also reference
related verbal
representations. Alleged omissions are also addressed under the relevant
subcategory.
- [639] Mr Johnson
submits the misrepresentations made to Mr Banks during the period after
Agreement 1 and before Agreement 2 include
those until 30 June 2013 when
Agreement 2 was signed. He submits that it was only at this point that Mr Banks
was committed to keeping
the funds in Mako. I cannot agree. As I have already
found, the date Agreement 2 was formed was 15 May 2013, the date the first
tranche
was transferred to Mako. Although the document added a layer of
formality to Agreement 2, Mr Banks had already committed to keeping
his funds
with Mako because of the potential for high returns. Agreement 3 is similar,
although no written contract followed. The
transfer of funds took place on 24
April 2014. Agreement 1 may be distinguished in that the written contract was
executed before
any transfers were made.
- [640] On this
analysis the subcategories include the following alleged
misrepresentations:
(a) prior to Agreement 1: representations 1, 2, 3, 6, 7 and 8
being those made before 4 February 2011;
(b) prior to Agreement 2: representations 9, 11, 13, 16 and 19,
being those made between 4 February 2011 and 15 May 2013; and
(c) prior to Agreement 3: representations 22, 26, 27, 28, 33 and
34, being those made between 15 May 2013 and 24 April 2014.169
Representations 20, 24 and
31
- [641] I deal
briefly with representations 20, 24 and 31. Although technically fitting into
the above categories, they can be distinguished
in that they go to Mr
Farmer’s
169 Although the second tranche of Agreement 2 was
paid on 31 May 2013, it was made under the same Agreement as the first
tranche.
general pattern of conduct. They are emails from Mr Farmer to Mr Banks where he
says he:
(a) is concerned with fairness for all parties and is objective
in his consideration;170
(b) has “our” best interests at heart;171
and
(c) was working to get the best arrangement available for Mr
Banks.172
- [642] This
correspondence paints Mr Farmer as reassuring and familiar. I accept that
statements containing sentiments such as these
are capable of being construed as
giving Mr Banks some measure of confidence. However, the emails are dispersed
across the chronology
and each must be considered in context. The statements
were made on 13 April 2013, 23 September 2013 and 16 March 2014. The first
was
made after Mr Banks had been involved with Mako for approximately 15 months.
Only representation 20 is proximate to an Agreement.
It was made approximately
four weeks before the first transfer under Agreement 2.
- [643] All these
representations are, in my view, both too general and too remote in time to have
been causative of any loss suffered
by Mr Banks.
Representations prior to Agreement
1
- [644] The
primary question under this heading is whether the PPM173 and the
alleged failure to advise Mr Banks that Mako was trading well below the
forecasts174 amounted to misleading and deceptive conduct. Other
representations included under
170 Representation 20.
171 Representation 24.
172 Representation 31.
173 Representation 1.
174 Representation 2.
this heading relate to capital raising efforts and strategy,175
shareholder employee salaries,176 and the need for
confidentiality given Mako’s position in the market.177
- [645] The emails
relating to Mako’s capital raising effort and strategy, and the need for
confidentiality constitute honestly
and reasonably held beliefs. Mr Farmer was
simply updating Mr Banks on Mako’s possible incoming funds and its
ever-changing
position regarding capital raising and investors. Comments on the
need for confidentiality reflect Mako’s competitive and disruptive
technology. Mr Banks was aware that Mako’s technology had been
specifically designed to fill a gap in the market. In relation
to representation
3, which concerns shareholder employees’ salaries, I am not satisfied the
email actually means what the plaintiff
contends. Mr Farmer simply set out
what was and was not possible in terms of salary reductions should Mako fall on
hard times.
- [646] The PPM is
criticised primarily because the revenue projections are said to have been
unrealistic. Certainly, it is common ground
they were never reached. It is
claimed Mr Farmer did not advise Mr Banks how the current financial year was
tracking against the
forecasts. In cross-examination, Mr Farmer accepted that
the projections were extrapolations. They were not binding
commitments.
- [647] According
to Mr Johnson, Mr Gamble, who co-authored the PPM, adopted a generally cavalier
approach to forecasting by including
cashflow prospects and revenue forecasts
which fell well short of the actuals. Mr Johnson submits that there was no
reasonable basis
for the directors to believe the financial projections could or
would be met. These errors were compounded by the failure to update
Mr Banks on
the actual performance of Mako, making the PPM misleading at the time it was
given to Mr Banks.
- [648] For the
reasons advanced by Mr Hollyman, I am not satisfied these complaints are made
out.
175 Representations 6 and 7. I include here reference
to two emails dated 3 February and 3 March 2011 which Mr Johnson referred to in
his oral closing submissions, but which are not included in the written
submissions.
176 Representation 3.
177 Representation 8.
- [649] First, the
revenue forecasts and related statements were honestly and reasonably held
opinions and, as such, are not actionable
under s 9. It is apparent from
multiple evidential sources that Mako was, at the time, on the threshold of an
exciting and promising
period in its development. Mr Gamble was extensively
cross-examined on the appropriateness and correctness of the projections based
on client interest. He confirmed that at the time, Mako was “inundated
with serious enquiries”. He explained the uniqueness
and value of PCI-DSS
compliance and how shortly before the PPM was drafted, he and Mr Farmer had
attended a Mastercard convention
in San Diego where the reaction to Mako’s
new product was positive, observing that “... it was crazy how good it was
for us”. These were heady times full of promise for Mako, an innovative
tech company with a world-leading and pioneering product.
Mako was being
recognised through positive global customer interest from major, world leading
multi-nationals.
- [650] Secondly,
it is apparent from the first two pages of the PPM that the directors were
explicit in the reservations and qualifiers
to their opinions. Some of those
qualifications are set out in full in the introductory part of this judgment.
The PPM explicitly
stated that the financial information it contained was based
on “numerous assumptions, projections and best estimates”.
It stated
that the risks and uncertainties inherent in projections meant that the actual
results were likely to vary, and that “such
variations could be
material”. By way of example, at page 4 of the PPM, it was stated
“No representations are made by
the Company, its directors or its
management that the results set out in the Memorandum will be achieved”.
No potential investor
could have been left with any misunderstanding as to the
qualifications to and limits on the information contained in the
PPM.
- [651] For
completeness, I note here a related verbal representation,178 which I
have already determined was not made. I do not accept Mr Banks’ evidence
that Mr Farmer advised him at a meeting on
13 June 2011 that he could ignore the
“No Authorisation” section of the PPM. Mr Farmer denied saying this
and for the
reasons already set out, I prefer his evidence over Mr Banks’.
In any event, the alleged statements are claimed
178 Representation 12.
to have been made on a date more than four months after Mr Banks entered into
Agreement 1. They could not have caused him to enter
the Agreement.
- [652] Further, a
contemporaneous email was sent by Mr Farmer to Mr Banks on 17 January 2011,
two weeks before Agreement 1 was executed.
It described the PPM
as:
“...a fair snap shot of the complete business (including
all subsidiaries) as at the date it was released. As outlined in the
document,
neither the company, its Directors or Employees are responsible for its content.
The Directors have signed off each of
the years Financial Statements
included.”
- [653] For the
reasons just discussed, I cannot see how this representation can be viewed as
misleading.
- [654] It is also
worth noting that this same email stated that neither Mr Farmer nor the company
would offer any guarantees, which
Mr Banks wished included. The correspondence
is direct and bland. None of the language used by Mr Farmer in this email is
consistent
with the extravagance and hyperbole which Mr Banks claims
characterised so many of his dealings with Mr Farmer.
- [655] Thirdly, I
regard it as significant that Mr Banks said that he undertook independent
research on Mako and its competitors before
deciding to invest. In other words,
his decision to invest in Mako was influenced by his own enquiries into the
business. On this
point, Mr Banks said during
cross-examination:
“I will repeat myself. I looked at Mako, its competitors
and IT companies that wanted investment. I saw lots of information
being
presented to the public, some of it was bad and none of this included such a
list. And I thought, ‘Well, I see an absence
in the marketplace,
wouldn’t it be a good idea if a business actually had something clear like
this’ and I thought I
would give this business the benefit of my very
unprofessional advice.”
- [656] Later in
this evidence, Mr Banks said:
“Before the Mako opportunity presented to myself, I
wouldn’t say I was shopping around for investments. What I can definitely
say is once it presented itself I thought, “Mhm, this looks
interesting”. But I did what I always do, or would say at
least 99% of
cases, I researched it and associated matters. I like to have a holistic picture
of the world. So, in the, sure, in
the years in which I was an investor of Mako
I read about it. I read about IT security in general, its competitors, its
customers
and so on. So it’s certainly
safe to say that I read about associated matters, but definitely what you
said. I was not shopping around for other investments when
Mako came
along.”
- [657] Finally,
there is little or no evidence that Mr Banks was, at the time he entered
Agreement 1, looking for an investment with
the potential for realising massive
gains. This is apparent from his repeated references to the loan being an
investment and that
projected profits estimated in the tens of millions were not
material to his decision or assessment of Mako’s ability to repay
him.
- [658] I am
easily satisfied that the optimistic projections contained in the PPM, read in
conjunction with its extensive reservations,
represented the reasonably held and
honest views of the directors at and about that time.
- [659] For the
above reasons I am not satisfied that the representations made prior to
Agreement 1 were misleading or deceptive and
led to or caused Mr Banks’
loss.
Representations prior to Agreement
2
- [660] The
representations falling into this subcategory concern whether the “good
news” Mr Banks was given regarding Mako’s
financial position prior
to entering Agreement 2, and the representations and omissions concerning the
likelihood of an IPO amounted
to misleading and deceptive
conduct.
- [661] The
“good news” Mr Banks referred to consists of emails from Mr Farmer
where he remarked positively on Mako’s
business,179 progress
with capital raising,180 meetings he was attending,181
events he had attended,182 and investments or contracts which
were being finalised or confirmed.183
- [662] Mr Banks
asserted in evidence that after two years of good news from Mr Farmer he
agreed to lend more money to Mako.
However, the documentary record contradicts
that claim. It was, in fact, Mr Banks who initiated the steps which led
him
179 Representations 11, 16 and 19. Representation 19
is not as described in the pleadings, with the email referring to Mako as having
a “great week”.
180 Representation 9.
181 Representation 16.
182 Representation 13.
183 Representation 13.
to advance the funds under Agreement 2. He approached Mr Farmer by email on
2 March 2013:
“How are things with Mako? In very roughly four weeks
I’ll have about
£234k become available in the UK. I was wondering if Mako needed to
borrow any more. I’d be happy to have you create a
new tranche with the
same terms as the others except the time periods, which we can
discuss.”
- [663] In
cross-examination, Mr Banks said he had no recollection of this particular
communication, although he accepted that these
things were being talked
about.
- [664] Even if Mr
Farmer’s representations had inspired Mr Banks to initiate a second
investment, I consider the representations
to be honestly and reasonably held
opinions. Mr Farmer was reporting on Mako’s business as he then knew and
experienced it.
The emails in question shared Mako’s successes, informing
Mr Banks of the outcomes of different negotiations, and of the meetings
Mr
Farmer was attending on Mako’s behalf. Having examined the emails, I find
that on both an individual and collective level
they are simply statements of
fact (such as when Mr Farmer announced Mako “had a great finish to the
year end with 3
significant contracts confirmed”)184 or
convey Mr Farmer’s opinion of Mako’s business at that point (such
as when Mr Farmer wrote “great week this
week with the team refining our
strategy...”)185.
- [665] Mr Johnson
also submits that there was a failure to inform Mr Banks that the security terms
under Agreement 1 and the soon to
be signed Agreement 2 were to be breached. I
have already addressed the circumstances surrounding this at [514]-[516]. There
I found
that although there was an inadvertent breach, Mr Banks would likely
have waived his rights had he been given the opportunity to
do
so.
- [666] The other
set of representations relevant to Agreement 2 relate to the possibility of a
future IPO. Mr Johnson places considerable
emphasis on these representations. He
submits there were multiple representations that an IPO was likely when patently
it was not.
Agreement 2 expressly contained this representation when it stated
that Mako had “initiated a further capitisation (sic) programme”
and
was likely to list on the NZX. Mr Johnson says there was no reasonable
foundation as at
184 Representation 13, email dated 13 January
2012.
185 Representation 19.
30 June 2013 to make such a representation given the implications of the Telecom
Rentals debt, the unlikelihood of Telecom Rentals
agreeing to convert their debt
to equity, and the consequences of restating the accounts.
- [667] I cannot
agree that any of these representations were misleading or deceptive. Prior to
Agreement 2, the only professional advice
Mako had received about a possible NZX
listing was from Cameron Partners. The Weldon Report would not be received until
7 October
2013, some four months after Agreement 2 was concluded and even it did
not refer to an IPO. Agreement 2 made express reference to
Cameron
Partners’ strong recommendation that any debt on the balance sheet should
be removed. This was an appropriate disclosure
made on the face of the lending
document itself. Significantly, Cameron Partners had never suggested to the
directors of Mako that
an IPO was an unattainable or unrealistic ambition.
Indeed, in its report to Mako, Cameron Partners set out a number of strategic
proposals which could be implemented to achieve a successful listing. They would
not have done that had they believed this was a
forlorn or deluded aspiration.
Furthermore, Deloitte were only engaged to audit Mako’s accounts on 30
June 2013. The later
restatement of accounts was not in contemplation at any
earlier point. The directors had taken advice from Duns Accounts Ltd as to
their
financial position prior to the audit and acted in good faith in reliance on
that advice. As Mako’s auditors, Deloitte
determined the treatment of
sales required a re-characterisation and a restatement of the accounts. I do not
detect any sinister
implications attributable to the conduct of the
directors.
- [668] Thus, it
follows I am satisfied that there were no material representations made by Mr
Farmer which were misleading or deceptive
relative to Agreement
2.
Representations prior to Agreement
3
- [669] The
alleged misrepresentations relating to this period also concern the possibility
of an IPO186 and Mako’s financial
position.
- [670] Mr Johnson
submits the position in relation to Agreement 3 “could almost be described
as cynical”. He suggests
a failure to disclose critical information
about
186 Representations 26, 27, 28, 33 and 34.
Mako’s prospects meant Mr Banks was fundamentally misled before he made
his final investment. Mr Johnson submits Mr Farmer
could not have held a
reasonable belief at that point that an IPO was a possibility given Mako’s
parlous financial state at
the time.
- [671] In the
period between 15 May 2013 and 24 April 2014, Mr Farmer made representations as
to Mako’s finances and the contracts
it had in the pipeline. He advised Mr
Banks of the completion of the contract with Bullseye in the United
States,187 and announced the Telstra deal.188 Both of
these events were true and based on Mr Farmer’s honest and reasonable
belief at the time. The deals continued to progress
as revealed in the September
2013 Board minutes. Mr Gamble provided updates, describing the Bullseye sales
opportunities as “very
positive” with the first two proposals
underway and the first order of 104 units expected. He also commented on the
finalisation
of the Telstra contract, noting there was potential for Telstra to
be a “node operator”, which would have had favourable
cashflow
benefits for Mako. The fact these opportunities remained alive months after the
representation goes to Mr Farmer’s
honest and reasonably held opinion at
the relevant time.
- [672] Mr Johnson
also submits the directors failed to advise Mr Banks of the collapse of the
Sprint deal. Four days prior to Mr Banks’
transfer of funds under
Agreement 3 Mr Gamble received news from Mr Callender at Sprint that the deal
was unlikely to proceed in
the form earlier proposed. Mr Farmer and Mr Gamble
described this change in stance by Sprint as occurring “for no apparent
reason”. Neither considered it represented a complete or terminal collapse
in the negotiations or the reasonable prospect of
achieving a successful
conclusion to the deal.
- [673] Earlier,
beginning at [427], I discussed the chronology around the Sprint deal and its
collapse. I determined that until 26
April 2014 at the earliest, the directors
had a reasonable belief that the Sprint deal would result in binding
contracts.189 I consider this finding is supported by the fact Mr
Farmer did not tell Mr Banks to hold off on transferring funds, as he had
previously
done in late 2013 and early 2014 when the
187 Representation 22.
188 Representation 34.
189 At [435] of this judgment.
Telecom Rentals negotiations were in train. On that occasion Mr Farmer made it
plain to Mr Banks that an investment at that time
was too uncertain and risky.
Mr Farmer’s failure to adopt a similar approach relative to the Sprint
deal serves only to emphasise
that the directors at that time still honestly
believed the agreement with Sprint was salvageable and were working towards
achieving
that. Mr Gamble was looking into alternative financers for Sprint, and
a meeting with Mr Nasser was imminent.
- [674] Mr Johnson
submits the directors failed to advise Mr Banks of updates to Mako’s
financial situation as professional advice
was received, and what that meant for
a potential IPO. By this time the Weldon Report had been published, Deloitte had
advised of
the restatement of accounts and Telecom Rentals had cemented its
position against equitising. For these reasons, Mr Johnson submits,
the
defendants were well aware of the combination of factors which made an IPO all
but unattainable.
- [675] Mr Johnson
also submits Mr Banks was not informed of these updates. However, that is not
strictly correct on the evidence. Mr
Farmer’s evidence is that the Weldon
Report was tabled at the 8 October 2013 shareholders AGM meeting. Mr
Weldon attended
in person. This was an important meeting to which Mr Banks had
been invited. Mr Banks did not attend. Mr Farmer’s evidence
is that at a
meeting with Mr Banks at Occam Café on 29 November 2013,190 he
told Mr Banks about the challenges Mako was facing with Telecom Rentals and its
deteriorating financial position. Mr Banks said
he had no recollection of this
conversation. The meeting was followed by Mr Farmer emailing Mr Banks and
advising him to hold off
on any advances and that he would make contact again
when it was “all clear to do the same”. Nonetheless, Mr Banks
accepted
he was made aware of the situation with Telecom Rentals via emails in
January and February 2014. I have earlier discussed and set
out the relevant
correspondence. Mr Banks also received the shareholder update and the attached
draft special resolution on 5 February
2014. Furthermore, in an email to Mr
Farmer, Mr Banks referred back to the resolution, commenting on his
disappointment that Mako
had “panic” sold the SecureME business to
Telecom Rentals. In my view it is inconceivable that Mr Banks was not fully
aware of Mako’s
190 Representation 29.
situation before he made his last advance, although I do accept that he still
believed an IPO was possible.
- [676] Regardless,
I am satisfied that even if any such representation or omission as to the
potential of an IPO was misleading or
deceptive, it did not cause Mr Banks any
recoverable loss that would warrant relief under s 43. Mr Banks’ evidence
was that
the prospect of an IPO did not cause him to enter either Agreement 2 or
Agreement 3. This is evident from an answer that he offered
in
cross-examination:
“...but you mention the IPO, yes, of course, that was on
my mind as well. When making investments 2 and 3 I had in my mind the
possibility of an IPO, that certainly motivated me but it was never more than a
bonus, given how complex IPOs are no one can guarantee
when they are going to
happen. I never banked on that happening. It was just, it was a nice addition to
the positive story that I
(inaudible) had every year.”
- [677] Relief
under s 43 requires that the claimant has suffered, or is likely to suffer, loss
or damage by misleading or deceptive
conduct of the defendant. Mr Banks’
claim therefore must fail; there is no causative nexus between the alleged
representations
or omissions and his loss. He would have advanced the funds
regardless of those representations or omissions.
Liability of the other directors
and relief
- [678] Considering
my findings that Mr Farmer is not liable under s 9 of the FTA, there is no need
to consider the secondary liability
of the other directors under s 43.
SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS
- [679] In
conclusion and by way of summary, I have determined:
(a) First cause of action
- [680] On the
first cause of action under s 37 of the Securities Act, I am satisfied that in
respect of all three Agreements there
was no offer to the public. As a
consequence, none of the defendants are liable, and relief under s 37(6) of the
Securities Act is
not available to Mr Banks.
(b) Third cause of action
- [681] On the
third cause of action, that is breach of directors’ duties under Part 8 of
the Companies Act:
(a) in respect of s 135 of the Companies Act (reckless trading),
I am satisfied that although there was a breach of this duty, it
was not
causative of any loss suffered by Mr Banks;
(b) in respect of s 136 (improperly incurring obligations), I am
not satisfied that any of the defendants breached this duty in respect
of any of
the Agreements. Accordingly, no relief is available to Mr Banks; and
(c) in respect of s 137 (duty to exercise skill and care), I am
satisfied that although there was a breach of its duty, it was not
causative of
any loss suffered by Mr Banks.
- [682] In any
event, I conclude that relief by way of compensation under s 301 of the
Companies Act would not be available to Mr Banks
because Mako was not in the
course of liquidation and in the circumstances of this case, s 301 does not
permit Mr Banks to be personally
compensated for any breach of the
directors’ duties.
- [683] No banning
order is made under s 383 of the Companies
Act.
(c) Second and fourth cause of
action
- [684] Given my
finding in respect of the first cause of action:
(a) in respect of s 55G of the Securities Act, I am satisfied
that this section is not engaged because Mr Banks did not subscribe
for any
security; and
(b) in respect of s 9 of the FTA, I am satisfied that neither Mr
Farmer, nor any of the other defendants is liable because the pleaded
representations (or omissions) were not misleading and/or deceptive conduct and,
in any event, no representation caused Mr Banks
any loss.
- [685] Accordingly,
judgment is entered in favour of the defendants.
COSTS
- [686] The
defendants, as the successful parties, are entitled to costs. I invite counsel
to confer with a view to reaching agreement
on the question of costs. In the
event of no such agreement, I direct that the parties file memoranda, not
exceeding 10 pages (excluding
appendices) no later than 5:00 pm on Friday, 10
September 2021 and I shall determine the issue of costs on the
papers.
Moore J
Solicitors:
Mr Johnson, Auckland Mr Porter, Auckland
Mr Hollyman QC, Auckland Mr Steel, Auckland
Copy to:
Second, Third and Fourth Defendants
Appendix 1
Mr Farmer’s representations to Mr Banks included (without limitation):
1 Providing Mr Banks with the PPM dated November 2010.
2 An email on 22 December 2010 reporting that according to the
PPM:
(a) Mako's financial performance from 2007 to 2010 was
acceptable; and
(b) Mako was projected to have a pre-tax net profit of $8
million in 2012 and tens of millions in 2013, 2014 and 2015.
3 An email on 15 January 2011 intimating that the cash flow of
Mako is more important than salaries of shareholder employees.
4 A phone call on 27 January 2011 that about $4.5 million had
been committed by prospective investors to Mako.
5 A meeting at Mr Farmer's house on 27 January 2011 where Mr
Farmer, his wife Jenny, Mr Banks and Mr Banks’ friend Isabel were
present,
Mr Farmer represented that:
(a) Mako was liquid and would remain that way. He could not
guarantee in writing that employees will be paid less in case of future
illiquidity but assured Mr Banks that keeping the company liquid was more
important than keeping people employed. If there were liquidity
problems in the
future the employees would probably be asked to take their money later; if they
refused they would have to be fired;
(b) during the decade that the Mako group had existed it had
never failed its obligations to its creditors with the exception of a
few cases
where creditors had to wait one – three months (one month being more
usual) to be paid;
(c) the Plaintiff could expect Mr Farmer to continue to take
those obligations seriously; and
(d) Mako was Mr Farmer's most significant project and he was
dedicated to ensuring its success.
6 An email on 3 February 2011 regarding Mako's expansion
initiative into the United States that it was raising money for.
7 An email on 3 February 2011 stating that Mako would close off Mr
Banks’ loan at $4.73 million, it was in discussions with
another
significant investor for a further $5 million investment and that further
investment opportunities would increase the company's
value by tens of millions
of dollars.
8 An email on 4 February 2011 from Mr Farmer to Mr Banks asking
him to keep Mako’s business strategies to himself because Mako’s
product was considered a disruptor in the market.
9 An email on 3 March 2011 intimating that Mako's PPM had seen
applications for $4.35 million and expressions of interest from three
further
investors in excess of $5 million each.
10 A phone call on 9 March 2011 stating that business was good
and customers (including telecommunications customers) were happy.
11 An email on 31 May 2011 that stated "Business is going
particularly well for Mako currently and the prospects look encouraging
from our
initiatives into new markets".
12 The parties had a meeting at Mr Banks’ home on 13 June
2011 where Mr Farmer stated:
(a) Mako was doing well and there were plenty of interested
customers;
(b) he was unlike those who take investment monies from others
without being fully committed to the business in question;
(c) Mr Banks could rely on the figures and representations in
the PPM and that the clauses in it which excluded reliance only applied
to
Mako’s earlier capital raising efforts which finished on 30 November
2010;
(d) in relation to page three of the PPM:
(1) he was happy to accept money from any member of the public
as long as the amount was large enough to be worth his time. This followed
Mr
Banks questioning Mr Farmer about the first section on page three relating to
"qualified investors", which Mr Banks said to Mr
Farmer he did not believe
himself to be;
(2) that it was not a problem that Mr Banks was not interested
in buying shares and that he was more interested in lending money;
(3) Mr Banks could ignore the "No Authorisation" section and that Mr Farmer's
representations could be relied upon;
(4) clauses like the “No Authorisation” section are
not always applicable to every investor but are always required by
lawyers to be
included in such documents; and
(5) Mr Banks could be assured that he was the right kind of
investor and everything was being done appropriately.
13 Emails on 29 June 2011, 13 January 2012, 27 February 2012 and
15 March 2012 intimating to Mr Banks that business activity was strong
for
Mako.
14 A meeting at Kokako cafe in Grey Lynn on 20 June 2012 where
Mr Farmer reported that Mako was going well.
15 A meeting at SPQR restaurant in Ponsonby on 8 August 2012
stating:
(a) the business was going well; and
(b) Mr Banks and Mr Farmer both agreed that they disliked
business people who do not fulfil their obligations.
16 Emails on 26 November 2012, 4 March 2013 and 6 March 2013
intimating that Mako's business activity was high and encouraging.
17 A meeting at Kokako café on 30 November 2012 where Mr
Farmer said that there were many barriers to a NZ listing. A NZ listing
was
expected to occur in 2013 and Mr Farmer expected enough interest to allow him to
reward employees and investors like Mr Banks
with shares. Mako could raise $250
million and a Nasdaq listing may occur after about 5 years.
18 A meeting at Café People, Grey Lynn on 8 March 2013
where Mr Farmer intimated:
(a) there were many parties interested in Mako including the
company that handled Xero's IPO;
(b) that company would handle Mako's IPO;
(c) there would be a NZ and probably a Nasdaq listing;
(d) Mako was very likely to grow to over ten times its size over a period of
7 years;
(e) Mr Farmer wished to make Mako NZ's largest company; and
(f) Mako had many current and interested customers, and during
the next 12 months was going to receive in the order of $100 million
from
customers and investors.
19 An email on 5 April 2013 intimating that other investors were
interested in Mako.
20 An email on 13 April 2013 stating "As always I am most
concerned with fairness for all parties so you (as always) can be assured
of my
objective consideration".
21 A meeting on 26 April 2013 at Kokako café where Mr
Farmer talked about sales pitches made by him and his staff to potential
customers and intimated that business was strong and that he could be relied
upon as a source of information.
22 An email on 24 June 2013 stating "Last week we completed a
contract with Bullseye Telecom in the US and they already have their
first
customers lined up. We also got the first full version of a product supply
agreement with Sprint. They too have their first
customers lined up".
23 A meeting at Pescado restaurant, Wynyard Quarter on 17
September 2013 where Mr Farmer reported that business was great.
24 An email on 23 September 2013 stating, "I have
all our best interests at heart".
25 A meeting at Café People, Grey Lynn on 23 October 2013
where Mr Farmer reported that:
(a) NZ investors were showing a lot of interest and that he
wanted an American investor to impress them;
(b) Mr Banks’ investment was going to be
worth a lot in a few years' time;
(c) Mr Banks was able to buy shares at that time but would be
better off by 20-50% if he waited until listing (estimated to occur
March -
April 2014).
26 An email on 5 November 2013 reporting that:
(a) Mako had secured a lot of business with Sprint (a large United States
business);
(b) "Sprint’s U.S. business customer base offers a
significant growth opportunity for Mako";
(c) "Mako’s technology is leading the way in secure,
PCI-compliant networking for the distributed enterprise. (Mako's) business
customers will appreciate the ease of use and powerful connectivity options the
Mako System provides".
27 Emails on 12 November 2013 and 18 November 2013 reporting
that there was a significant amount of business for Mako to capitalise
on.
28 An email on 18 November 2013 stating "With the opportunities
building in Oz and the US we may look to list earlier and require
extra capital
to ramp up as quickly as we can. This could also play a little better into your
hands with a more robust story and
greater opportunity of uplift".
29 A meeting at Occam café in Grey Lynn on 29 November
2013 where Mr Farmer reported that:
(a) the latest capital raising proposal involves $5 million and
that Mr Farmer would contribute $250,000 - $300,000;
(b) Mako had been valued by multiple parties with the range
being from
$26 - $256 million; and
(c) Mr Farmer did not "bullshit people".
30 A meeting at Occam café on 4 March 2014, Grey Lynn
where Mr Farmer reported that he might be able to sell Mako for USD 150
million
and was open to the idea of continuing to grow Mako while considering
purchasers. Mr Farmer was not enthusiastic about selling
a portion of Mako
because of various problems including the likelihood of it being a venture
capital arrangement.
31 An email on 16 March 2014 where Mr Farmer stated he was
working to get "the best arrangement that is available" for Mr Banks.
32 A meeting at Café People, Grey Lynn on 26 March 2014
where Mr Farmer reported that the next capital raising effort would
probably
seek around $100 million.
33 An email on 2 April 2014 reporting that $700,000 of investment money was
committed to Mako from a shareholder.
34 An email on 24 April 2014 informing Mr Banks that Mako was
"able to finally announce the Telstra deal".
35 An email on 25 August 2014 reporting that there was strong
interest from Mako's customers.
36 An email on 2 September 2014 that Mr Farmer's objectives were
'totally aligned' with those of Mr Banks.
37 A meeting at Toru restaurant, Ponsonby on 3 September 2014
where Mr Farmer reported that:
(a) the Sprint deal was the largest Mako had ever been presented
with and that Mako needed working capital to handle the deal;
(b) in response to Mr Banks’ queries regarding directors
being paid less and taking their pay later that Mako's expenses were
being
handled well and that everything that could be done to reduce expenses,
especially directors' salaries, had been done or was
being done.
38 Mr Farmer was selling his house and would use the proceeds to
support Mako to raise capital.
39 An email on 10 September 2014 that the Lotto deal with
Telecom was all but closed.
40 An email to Mr Banks on 16 September 2014 that he could
expect to soon receive an information pack regarding the Sprint deal (pack
was
never received by Mr Banks).
41 Emails on 18 September 2014 in response to Mr Banks’
query about what to tell other potential investors stating:
(a) "If you are OK with working with the Customer names i.e.
Chevron, BullsEye, Sprint, FedEx and the sales pipeline being rebuilt
of close
to
$2.1b in total that would be best. We are really looking for an equity investor
who should expect a 3-5 times return over 4 years
if we execute well and either
list or sell"; and
(b) "Sales pipeline of $2.1b. Expect revenue of $150m 3-4 years
out".
42 An email on 21 October 2014 reporting that three capital raising options
were progressing.
43 An email on 20 October 2014 from Mr Farmer stating "I
am...working through acceptable investment arrangements out of the US and
think
I am close to a deal that is going to work for everyone both short and long
term".
44 A meeting at Mr Banks’ home on 7 November 2014 where Mr
Farmer intimated that:
(a) Mako was valuable and had been for years;
(b) D&S (a company) were interested in a merger based on net
values of each company of USD 50 million and that this may happen
in December
2014; and
(c) since April 2011 all people investing in Mako had done so at
a valuation of greater than $50 million.
45 A meeting at the home of the mediator on 21 November 2014. At
the meeting Mr Farmer reported that Mako was considered by investors
that had
recently spoken to him to be worth in the order of $100 million.
46 In a conversation on 21 November 2014 outside the
mediator’s home following the meeting Mr Banks questioned why Mr Farmer
was so eager to equitize the investment because if the representations were true
Mr Farmer should want to keep as many shares as
possible as the expected return
was much higher than the 10% p.a. of Mr Banks’ debt. Mr Farmer responded
that he wanted to
compensate Mr Banks for his loyalty by making him a
shareholder, thus giving him access to much greater returns.
47 An email on 17 December 2014 stating "there has not at any
point in time been a cessation of capital raising initiatives and there
is still
a strong option being pursued to list on the New Zealand stock exchange amongst
other alternatives...the listing along with
all other capital raising
initiatives are still a reality".
48 An email on 12 January 2015 stating "As most of my summer
break has been taken up supporting the US sales initiative I am hopeful
of an
announcement within days that will give us all reason for cheer in starting
2015".
49 An email on 20 January 2015 stating "We have had a lot of
positive feedback from the current sales prospects in the States and
expect a
wider announcement in 10 odd days".
50 An email on 8 February 2015 stating "at the moment I am expecting to be in
the (US) to finalise our latest win, that being the
award of the BP fuel site
business we have been chasing for the past year".
51 An email on 11 March 2015 stating "The situation is
significantly improved from our position late last year. Arrangements for an
IPO
are being resurrected as discussed. I have engaged with some investment bankers
and expect to have a plan to take to Telecom
(Spark) for consideration by the
end of April. At this point in time they are not aware of the current initiative
(although they
know we are working on various capital raising options) but I
expect them to respond favourably once we have consolidated our plans.
Arrangements that Mako have in place with our US distribution partners should
ensure short term cash requirements are met whilst
we finalise plans going
forward. Once the large contract rollouts begin this position will be further
reinforced".
52 An email on 22 March 2015 reporting that:
(a) Mr Farmer was working to improve the balance sheet; and
(b) the solvency situation was fine.
53 An email on 11 June 2015 stating "we received confirmation
that the final elements being negotiated with BP for the preferential
supply of
BYOB services in the US have been agreed. We expect to complete the contract in
short order and have everybody ready for
an immediate customer acquisition
initiative".
NZLII:
Copyright Policy
|
Disclaimers
|
Privacy Policy
|
Feedback
URL: http://www.nzlii.org/nz/cases/NZHC/2021/1922.html